UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

________________

 

FORM 10-K

 

x   Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
    For fiscal year ended April 30, 2018
     
¨   Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
    for the transition period from               to              

 

Commission file number. 001-15517

 

 

 

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Nevada 88-0142032
(State or other jurisdiction of Incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   
133 E. Warm Springs Road, Suite 102, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (702) 685-1000

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
   
Common stock, $0.12 par value New York Stock Exchange Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

o Yes  x No

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

o Yes  x No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

x Yes  o No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

x Yes  o No

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o Smaller Reporting Company x
Emerging growth company o      

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.)

o Yes  x No

 

As of October 31, 2017, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the closing price per share of $2.16, as reported on the NYSE MKT Stock Exchange, was $35,236,996.

 

As of July 15, 2018, the registrant had 16,848,182 shares of common stock outstanding.

 

 

 

 

 

NEVADA GOLD & CASINOS, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
PART I    
     
ITEM 1. BUSINESS 1
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 5
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 7
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 7
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 8
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 8
     
PART II    
     
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 8
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 9
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 9
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 16
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 16
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 16
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 16
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 17
     
PART III    
     
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 17
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 21
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 23
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 23
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 24
     
PART IV    
     
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 24

 

i  

 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Factors that May Affect Future Results

(Cautionary Statements Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995)

 

Certain information included in this Form 10-K and other materials filed or to be filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission (as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company or its representatives) contains or may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Statements that include the words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” or other words or expressions of similar meaning, may identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations about future events. Forward-looking statements include statements that reflect management’s beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, intentions with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, future performance and the business, including statements relating to our business strategy and our current and future development plans.

 

Although we believe that the assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements are reasonable, any or all of the forward-looking statements in this report and in any other public statements that are made may prove to be incorrect. This may occur as a result of inaccurate assumptions or as a consequence of known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many factors discussed in this report, such as the competitive environment and government regulation, will be important in determining our future performance. Consequently, actual results may differ materially from those that might be anticipated from forward-looking statements. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not regard the inclusion of a forward-looking statement in this report or other public communications that we might make as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved, and you should not place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

 

We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Any further disclosures made on related subjects in our subsequent reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission should be consulted.

 

ii  

 

 

Part I

 

Item 1.     Business

 

Overview

 

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company,” “we” or “us”), was formed in 1977 and, since 1994, has been primarily a gaming company involved in financing, developing, owning and operating gaming properties and projects.

 

Our current gaming facility operations are located in the United States of America (the “U.S.”), specifically in the states of Nevada, Washington and South Dakota.

 

We operate a portfolio of nine mini-casinos in Washington State (“Washington”) which include restaurants, bars and approximately 125 table games. We acquired these operations in three separate transactions between 2009 and 2011. In 2012, we acquired all of the shares of A.G. Trucano, Son and Grandsons, Inc. (“South Dakota”), a slot machine route operation in Deadwood, South Dakota currently consisting of approximately 658 slot machines in 16 locations. In December 2015, we acquired Club Fortune Casino in Henderson, Nevada. It has approximately 405 slot machines, seven table games and a poker room, two bars, an entertainment lounge, a William Hill sports book, a café, a snack bar, and a gift shop.

 

We have three business segments and Corporate: Washington, South Dakota, and Nevada. For a summary of financial information concerning these segments, please refer to the information provided in Segment Reporting footnote in our consolidated financial statements. Also see the Subsequent Events footnote regarding the sale of the Nevada and South Dakota segments.

 

Objective and Strategies

 

Our primary business objective is to increase returns to shareholders through appreciation in the value of our common shares. To achieve this objective, we intend to grow our assets and our earnings by following three business strategies:

 

- enhancing the return from, and the value of, the gaming properties in which we own interests;
- acquiring or developing additional gaming properties; and
- assisting in finding financing, developing and/or managing of, or providing consulting services to, gaming projects and operating properties.

 

Current Casino Operations

 

Washington

 

On May 12, 2009, we acquired three mini-casinos in the state of Washington for $15.75 million. The transaction was funded with available cash and $4.0 million note issued to the sellers. The three mini-casinos are Crazy Moose Casino in Pasco, Coyote Bob's Casino in Kennewick, and Crazy Moose Casino in Mountlake Terrace. We believe that Crazy Moose Casino in Mountlake Terrace attracts customers from the greater Seattle area whereas Crazy Moose Casino in Pasco and Coyote Bob’s Casino, located in the southeast region of Washington State, attract customers from Walla Walla, southeastern Washington and northeastern Oregon.

 

On July 23, 2010, we acquired six additional mini-casinos and a related administrative center, for $11.07 million, which was funded with $6.0 million in cash and $5.07 million financed by the prior owner’s senior debt holder. These locations were acquired through bankruptcy proceedings. The six mini-casinos are Silver Dollar Casinos in SeaTac, Renton, and Bothell, Golden Nugget Casino in Tukwila (which was subsequently sold in 2015), Club Hollywood Casino in Shoreline, and Royal Casino in Everett. The properties are located in the Seattle area, and we believe that these casinos attract customers from the greater Seattle area and western Washington.

 

On July 18, 2011, we acquired the Red Dragon in Mountlake Terrace, Washington for $1.25 million. This transaction was financed with $400,000 in cash, $500,000 in our common stock and $350,000 in two promissory notes payable to the seller. We believe that this location attracts customers from the Seattle area and western Washington. 

 

With these three acquisitions we have become the largest operator of mini-casinos in the state of Washington with nine such facilities, which represents approximately 18% of the state's active mini-casinos. Each location includes a full service restaurant, a bar and a maximum of 15 table games. In addition to Player Banked Poker, the table games offered include Pai Gow poker, Baccarat, Spanish 21, Blackjack-Double Action, Ultimate Hold’em, Player’s Edge, Three and Four Card Poker and High Card Flush. New games are frequently introduced and traditional “pull tabs” are also allowed. Our combined Washington operations provide approximately 125 table games and employ approximately 1,050 people.

 

We own the land and building at Crazy Moose in Pasco, and Coyote Bob’s in Kennewick. Our other seven locations are operated in leased facilities.

 

  1  

 

 

South Dakota

 

On January 27, 2012, we completed the acquisition of all shares of A.G. Trucano, Son & Grandsons, Inc. for $5.1 million. The South Dakota operations consist of a slot machine route operator that has been in business since the legalization of gaming in South Dakota in 1989. As of April 30, 2018, we operate approximately 604 slot machines in approximately 15 locations in Deadwood, South Dakota, which represents about 20% of the total number of slot machines in that market. Deadwood is a town of 1,300 residents located in Black Hills, in the southwest corner of South Dakota. Deadwood attracts over a million visitors each year and is a one hour drive from Mount Rushmore and 40-minute drive from Rapid City, South Dakota. Initiated in 1989, Deadwood was the third jurisdiction in the United States to host legalized gambling. Our South Dakota operations employ approximately 25 people.

 

Club Fortune Casino

 

In December 2015, we acquired Club Fortune Casino in Henderson, Nevada. It has approximately 405 slot machines, seven table games and a poker room, two bars, an entertainment lounge, a William Hill sports book, a café, a snack bar, and a gift shop. Henderson’s population is approximately 293,000 and is part of the Las Vegas metropolitan area. The purchase price for the acquisition, exclusive of working capital, was $14,159,623 and 1,190,476 shares of common stock of the Company for a total purchase price of $16,362,004. The acquisition was financed pursuant to an expansion of the Company’s existing Credit Agreement with Mutual of Omaha Bank. Club Fortune employs approximately 179 people.

 

Colorado Land

 

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Gold Mountain Development, LLC, we owned approximately 268 acres of undeveloped land in the vicinity of Black Hawk and Central City, Colorado. On April 8, 2013, we signed a one year option agreement, with two one year extensions to sell the land for an initial sale price of $1.1 million plus $118 per day after April 8, 2013. On April 22, 2016, we executed an amendment to the option agreement for the sale of the vacant land for a purchase price of $750,000. In connection with the transaction, we recorded a non-cash impairment of $350,000 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016. We received a $75,000 down payment, which is included in other long-term liabilities on our balance sheet, and financed the balance at 5% interest only, with interest payable monthly, and a balloon payment of $675,000 due April 30, 2019. The transaction was accounted for under the deposit method, recording the down payment as a liability and deferring the recognition of the sale until the buyer’s investment is at least 20% of the initial purchase price.

 

Previous Projects

 

Colorado Grande Casino – Cripple Creek, Colorado

 

On May 25, 2012, we sold substantially all assets, including any rights in the Colorado Grande name and gaming-related liabilities, of the Colorado Grande Casino to G Investments, LLC. Under the terms of the agreement, the buyer agreed to pay us $3.1 million, of which $800,000 was paid in cash and $2.3 million will be paid through a 6% interest rate promissory note. This note receivable was paid as of February 2018.

 

Regulation and Licensing

 

Washington

 

The gaming legislation in Washington State is codified in chapter 9.46 of the Revised Code of Washington (“RCW”) which stipulates the Washington State Gambling Commission (the “WA Gambling Commission”) to be the regulator of gambling activities in this state.  The WA Gambling Commission enforces its authority through an extensive set of rules and regulations promulgated in Title 230 of the Washington Administrative Code.  The state of Washington allows certain gambling activities, such as amusement games, bingo, raffles, punch boards, pull-tabs, card-rooms, and public card games.  In order to be considered legal, these activities must be operated by either non-profit organizations or by commercial food and drink establishments.  Some activities may be operated solely by non-profit organizations, such as raffles.  Some traditional casino games, such as craps, roulette and keno, are prohibited.  House-banked card-rooms have been authorized in Washington State since 1997 and, under current law, each establishment is allowed to have up to 15 tables offering games, such as Blackjack, Ultimate Texas Hold’em, Three Card Poker, Four Card Poker, Spanish Poker, Baccarat, Texas Shootout, Spanish 21, Pai Gow Poker, and others.  The law allows both player-sponsored and house-banked card-rooms.  The Washington Gambling Commission allows a maximum $300 table game wager for house-banked card-rooms. In addition, these establishments are allowed to be open 24 hours per day, seven days per week. 

 

  2  

 

 

To operate our nine “mini-casinos” in Washington State, each of them is required to maintain a Public Card-room and Punch Board/Pull-Tab Commercial Stimulant license.  These licenses are renewable annually, subject to continued compliance with applicable gaming regulations.  In addition, the WA Gambling Commission requires, prior to the licenses being issued, each substantial interest holder in the licensees (including our officers, directors and owners of 5% percent or more of any class of our stock) to submit to the WA Gambling Commission certain disclosure forms and be subject to background investigations.  The failure or inability of our “mini-casinos” to maintain their respective licenses would have a material adverse effect on our operations.

 

Revised Code of Washington (“RCW”) 9.46.110 allows local governments (including cities, counties and towns) to prohibit any or all gambling activities for which licenses are required as well as tax such activities.  The maximum tax limitations imposed by law include 20% of gross receipts for public card-room games and either 5% of gross receipts or 10% of net receipt (as chosen by a local authority) for pull-tabs activities.  The current gaming tax rate for public card-room games in the cities of Pasco, Mountlake Terrace, Kennewick, SeaTac, Renton, Tukwila and Shoreline, as well as in Snohomish County, is 10% of table games gross receipts. The current gaming tax rate for pull-tabs in the city of Kennewick is 10% of pull-tabs net receipts, while in the cities of Pasco, Mountlake Terrace, SeaTac, Renton, Tukwila and Shoreline, as well as in Snohomish County, the tax rate is 5% of pull-tabs gross receipts.  In addition, Washington State charges a business and occupational tax in the amount of 1.63% of all gaming activities’ net receipts in order to promote responsible gaming. 

 

South Dakota

 

Gaming in South Dakota began in November 1989 and is presently authorized within the city of Deadwood. The gaming legislation is codified in Chapter 42-7B of the South Dakota Codified Laws as well as Article 20:18 of the South Dakota Legislature Administrative Rules (collectively, the “SD Regulations”) and is regulated by the South Dakota Commission on Gaming (the “SD Gaming Commission”). The SD Regulations allow gambling activities to be conducted at bars and taverns, including slot machines and limited card games, such as Blackjack and Poker and as of July 2015, Roulette, Craps and Keno. The SD Regulations limit each licensed location to have a maximum of 30 slot machines. The current tax rate is 9% of the adjusted gross gaming revenues in addition to an annual fee of $2,000 for each licensed gaming device located in a licensed location. In order to operate our slot route business in this state, we are required to hold Operator and Route Operator licenses issued by the SD Gaming Commission.

 

The SD Regulations require that every officer and director, as well as any stockholder holding 5% or greater ownership in a company involved with the conduct of gaming in the state to be a person of good moral character and must submit to a full background investigation conducted by the SD Gaming Commission. Our gaming licenses may be suspended or revoked for any cause which may have prevented their issuance, or for violation by us, or any of our officers, directors, agents, members or employees, of the SD Regulations or for conviction of a crime of moral turpitude or a felony. In addition to the revocation or suspension or in lieu of revocation or suspension, the SD Gaming Commission may impose a reprimand or a monetary penalty.

 

Nevada

 

On November 19, 2015, the Nevada Gaming Commission approved the Company’s application for a non-restricted gaming license in conjunction with the acquisition of Club Fortune Casino. The ownership and operation of gaming establishments in Nevada are subject to the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “NGCA”). A finding of suitability is comparable to licensing and it requires submission of detailed personal and financial information followed by a thorough investigation. A finding of unsuitability with respect to any officer, director, employee, associate, lender or beneficial owner of a licensee or applicant may jeopardize an already issued license or applicant’s license application. Licenses may be conditioned upon termination of any relationship with unsuitable persons.

 

Although any beneficial holder of our voting securities, regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to file an application for a finding of suitability, the general rule provides that beneficial owners of more than 10% of any class of our voting securities must apply to the NV Gaming Authorities for a finding of suitability. Under certain circumstances, an “institutional investor” (as defined in the NGCA) who acquires more than 10% but not more than 25% of any class of our voting securities, may apply to the NV Gaming Authorities for a waiver of such finding of suitability if such institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes only. An institutional investor that has obtained a waiver may, in certain circumstances, own up to 29% of the voting securities of a registered company for a limited period of time and maintain the waiver. Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a license within 30 days after being ordered to do so by the NV Gaming Authorities, or who refuses or fails to pay the investigative costs in connection with investigation of its application, may be found unsuitable. The same restrictions apply to a record owner if the record owner, after request, fails to identify the beneficial owner. Any shareholder found unsuitable and who holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of our common stock beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the NV Gaming Authorities may be guilty of a criminal offense. We would be subject to disciplinary action if, after receipt of notice that a person is unsuitable, we:

 

pay such a person any dividend or interest upon any of our voting securities;
allow such a person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting right conferred through securities held by that person;
pay remuneration in any form to such a person for services rendered or otherwise; or
fail to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person to relinquish his or her voting securities including, if necessary, the immediate purchase of the voting securities for cash at fair market value.

 

  3  

 

 

Corporations registered with the NV Gaming Commission may not make a public offering of any securities without the prior approval of the NV Gaming Authorities if the securities or the proceeds therefrom are intended to be used to construct, acquire, or finance gaming facilities in Nevada, or to retire or extend obligations incurred for those purposes or for similar purposes. An approval, if given, does not constitute a finding, recommendation, or approval by the NV Gaming Authorities as to the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus or the investment merits of the securities, and any representation to the contrary is unlawful.

 

Because we are involved in gaming activities outside Nevada, we are required to deposit with the NV Gaming Board, and thereafter maintain, a revolving fund in the amount of $10,000 to pay for the expenses of investigation by the NV Gaming Board of our participation in gaming in other jurisdictions. The revolving fund is subject to increase or decrease at the discretion of the NV Gaming Commission. Upon our registration and finding of suitability, we are also required to comply with certain other requirements imposed by the NGCA, including reporting requirements.

 

The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada gaming authorities are based upon declarations of public policy which are concerned with, among other things:

 

the character of persons having any direct or indirect involvement with gaming to prevent unsavory or unsuitable persons from having a direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any time or in any capacity;

 

establishment and application of responsible accounting practices and procedures;

 

maintenance of effective control over the financial practices and financial stability of licensees, including procedures for internal controls and the safeguarding of assets and revenues;

 

recordkeeping and reporting to the Nevada gaming authorities;

 

fair operation of games; and

 

the raising of revenues through taxation and licensing fees.

 

Any person who is licensed, required to be licensed, registered, required to be registered, or who is under common control with those persons, collectively, “licensees,” and who proposes to become involved in a gaming venture outside of Nevada, is required to deposit with the Nevada Gaming Control Board, and thereafter maintain, a revolving fund in the amount of $0.03 million to pay the expenses of investigation by the Nevada Gaming Control Board of the licensee’s participation in foreign gaming. We comply with this requirement. The revolving fund is subject to increase or decrease at the discretion of the Nevada Gaming Commission. Licensees are required to comply with the reporting requirements imposed by the Nevada Gaming Control Act. A licensee is also subject to disciplinary action by the Nevada Gaming Commission if it:

 

  knowingly violates any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign gaming operation;

 

  fails to conduct the foreign gaming operation in accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity required of Nevada gaming operations;

 

  engages in any activity or enters into any association that is unsuitable because it poses an unreasonable threat to the control of gaming in Nevada, reflects or tends to reflect, discredit or disrepute upon the State of Nevada or gaming in Nevada, or is contrary to the gaming policies of Nevada;

 

  engages in activities or enters into associations that are harmful to the State of Nevada or its ability to collect gaming taxes and fees; or

 

  employs, contracts with or associates with a person in the foreign operation who has been denied a license or a finding of suitability in Nevada on the ground of unsuitability.

 

We have adopted a compliance plan and appointed a compliance committee which currently consists of Company directors and officers, in accordance with Nevada Gaming Commission requirements. Our compliance committee meets quarterly and is responsible for implementing and monitoring our compliance with Nevada regulatory matters. This committee will also review information and reports regarding the suitability of potential key employees or other parties who may be involved in material transactions or relationships with us.

 

  4  

 

 

General Gaming Regulations in Other Jurisdictions

 

If we become involved in gaming operations in any other jurisdictions, such gaming operations will subject us and certain of our officers, directors, key employees, stockholders and other affiliates to strict legal and regulatory requirements, including mandatory licensing and approval requirements, suitability requirements, and ongoing regulatory oversight with respect to such gaming operations. There can be no assurance that we will obtain all of the necessary licenses, approvals and findings of suitability or that our officers, directors, key employees, other affiliates and certain other stockholders will satisfy the suitability requirements in one or more jurisdictions, or that such licenses, approvals and findings of suitability, if obtained, will not be revoked, limited, suspended or not renewed in the future.

 

Failure by us to obtain, or the loss or suspension of, any necessary licenses, approval or findings of suitability would prevent us from conducting gaming operations in such jurisdiction and possibly in other jurisdictions.

 

Employees

 

As of April 30, 2018, we employed approximately 1,260 people.

 

Available Information

 

We make available on our website (www.nevadagold.com) under “Investor Relations - SEC Filings,” free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). These reports are also available at the SEC’s website www.sec.gov.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

The following is a description of those factors that we consider our key challenges and risks:

 

Financing future acquisitions may be difficult.

 

Our principal challenge is the necessity to obtain financing in order to expand gaming operations. There can be no assurance that such financing will be obtained.

 

If our key personnel leave us, our business could be adversely affected.

 

Our success is largely dependent upon the efforts and skills of our key executive officers. The loss of the services of any key executive officer could have a material adverse effect on us. There can be no assurance that we would be able to attract and hire suitable replacements in the event of any such loss of services. We currently have employment agreements with our President/Chief Executive Officer, our Vice President/Chief Financial Officer, our Vice President/Chief Compliance Officer and our Vice President/Washington Operations.

 

Indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health.

 

On December 1, 2015, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a new $23,000,000 Reducing Revolving Credit Agreement with Mutual of Omaha Bank (the “Credit Facility”). The maturity date of the Credit Facility is November 30, 2020, and is secured by liens on substantially all of the real and personal property of the Company and its subsidiaries. At April 30, 2018, outstanding indebtedness was $8,000,000.

 

As of April 30, 2018, scheduled principal payments on the Credit Facility are as follows:

 

May 1, 2018 – April 30, 2019   $ -  
May 1, 2019 – April 30, 2020     -  
May 1, 2020 – November 30, 2020     8,000,000  
    $ 8,000,000  

 

The Credit Facility contains customary covenants for a facility of this nature, including, but not limited to, covenants requiring the preservation and maintenance of the Company’s assets and covenants restricting our ability to merge, transfer ownership, incur additional indebtedness, encumber assets and make certain investments.  The Credit Facility also contains covenants requiring the Company to maintain certain financial ratios including a maximum total leverage ratio ranging from 2.75 to 1.00 from February 1, 2017 through January 31, 2018, and 2.50 to 1.00 from February 1, 2018 until maturity; and lease adjusted fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.15 to 1.00. We are in compliance with the covenant requirements of the Credit Facility as of April 30, 2018.

 

If we increase our debt, our indebtedness could have important consequences and significant effects on our business and future operations. For example, it could:

 

  5  

 

 

· increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions or a downturn in our business;
· limit our ability to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other general operating requirements;
· place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or greater resources; and
· limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

 

The occurrence of any one of these events or conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, ability to service or otherwise satisfy our obligations.

 

We will require cash to service our indebtedness and fund our gaming operations. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

 

Our success in funding our gaming operations will depend on our ability to generate cash flow from our gaming operations. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance that is subject to many economic, competitive, regulatory and business factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, we will need to refinance or restructure our debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments or seek to raise additional capital. These measures may not be available to us or, if available, they may not be sufficient to enable us to satisfy our obligations and may restrict our ability to pay operating expenses. If our cash flow is insufficient and we are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to service our debt obligations or fund our gaming operations.

 

We face significant competition from other gaming operations that could have a material adverse effect on our future operations.

 

There is intense competition among companies in the gaming industry, many of which have significantly greater resources than we do. We compete with numerous casinos of varying quality and size in market areas where our properties are located. The gaming business is characterized by competitors that vary considerably by their size, quality of facilities, number of operations, brand identities, marketing and growth strategies, financial strength and capabilities, level of amenities, management talent and geographic diversity. In most markets, we compete directly with other casino facilities in the immediate and surrounding market areas. If our competitors operate more successfully, if competitors’ properties are enhanced or expanded, or if additional casinos are established in and around locations in which we conduct business, we may lose market share. The expansion of casino gaming in or near any geographic area from which we attract or expect to attract a significant number of our customers could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to extensive governmental gaming regulation that could adversely affect us. We could be prevented from pursuing future development projects caused by changes in the laws, regulations and ordinances (including tribal or local laws) that apply to gaming facilities or the inability of us or our key personnel, significant shareholders or joint venture partners to obtain or retain gaming regulatory licenses.

 

The gaming industry is highly regulated and we must maintain our licenses in order to continue our operations. Each of our gaming operations is subject to extensive regulation under the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction where located. These laws, rules and regulations generally concern the responsibility, financial stability and character of the owners, managers, and persons with financial interests in the gaming operations. Certain jurisdictions empower their regulators to investigate participation by licensees in gaming outside their jurisdiction and require access to and periodic reports concerning the gaming activities. Violations of laws in one jurisdiction could result in disciplinary action in other jurisdictions. Regulatory authorities have broad powers with respect to the licensing of casino operations and may revoke, suspend, condition or limit our gaming or other licenses, impose substantial fines and take other actions, any one of which could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The rapidly changing political and regulatory environment governing the gaming industry (including gaming operations which are conducted on Indian land) makes it impossible for us to accurately predict the effects that an adoption of or changes in the gaming laws, regulations and ordinances will have on us. However, the failure of us, or any of our key personnel, significant shareholders or joint venture partners, to obtain or retain required gaming regulatory licenses could prevent us from expanding into new markets, prohibit us from generating revenues in certain jurisdictions, and subject us to sanctions and fines.

 

Our business is subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations in addition to gaming regulations. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, restrictions and conditions concerning alcoholic beverages, environmental matters, employees, currency transactions, taxation, zoning and building codes, and marketing and advertising. Such laws and regulations could change or could be interpreted differently in the future, or new laws and regulations could be enacted. Material changes, new laws or regulations, or material differences in interpretations by courts or governmental authorities could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Legislative changes beyond our control such as minimum wage and tax rates, among others, may impact our profitability. We cannot ensure that we will be able to comply with or conduct business in accordance with applicable regulations.

 

  6  

 

 

We could fail to monetize recorded assets.

 

We have receivables that are expected to be collected. If we are not able to collect or monetize these assets timely, the lack of such collection may have a negative impact on our projected cash flow . Failure to monetize our recorded assets could have adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, ability to service or otherwise satisfy our obligations.

 

Our information technology and other systems are subject to cyber security risk including misappropriation of customer information or other breaches of information security.

 

We rely on information technology and other systems to maintain and transmit customers' personal and financial information, credit card settlements, credit card funds transmissions, and mailing lists. We have taken steps designed to safeguard our customers' confidential personal information. However, our information and processes are subject to the ever-changing threat of compromised security, in the form of a risk of potential breach, system failure, computer virus, or unauthorized or fraudulent use by customers, company employees, or employees of third party vendors. The steps we take to deter and mitigate these risks may not be successful, and any resulting compromise or loss of data or systems could adversely impact operations or regulatory compliance and could result in remedial expenses, fines, litigation, disclosures, and loss of reputation, potentially impacting our financial results. Further, as cyber-attacks continue to evolve, we may incur significant costs in our attempts to modify or enhance our protective measures or investigate or remediate any vulnerability.

 

There are significant risks in the development and management of casinos that could adversely affect our financial results.

 

The development and management of casinos require the satisfaction of various conditions, many of which are beyond our control. The failure to satisfy any of such conditions may significantly delay the completion of a project or prevent a project's completion altogether. In addition, the regulatory approvals necessary for the construction and operation of casinos are often challenged in litigation brought by government entities, citizens groups and other organizations and individuals. Such litigation can significantly delay the construction and opening of casinos.

 

With each project, we are subject to the risk that our investment may be lost if the project cannot obtain adequate financing to complete development and open the casino successfully. In some cases, we may be forced to provide more financing than originally planned in order to complete development, thereby increasing our risk.

 

Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2.     Properties

 

As a result of acquiring facilities in Washington, we own the buildings for the Crazy Moose Casino in Pasco and Coyote Bob Casino’s in Kennewick. In addition we have real property leases as follows:

 

Washington Casinos.

 

· Crazy Moose Casino in Mountlake Terrace has a building lease which expires in May of 2019 with an option to renew for an additional term of five years.
· Crazy Moose Casino in Pasco has a parking lot lease which is leased on a monthly basis.
· Silver Dollar Casino in SeaTac has a building lease which expires in May of 2022 with an option to renew for an additional term of 10 years.
· Silver Dollar Casino in Renton has a building lease which expires in April of 2024 with an option to renew for an additional term of 10 years each.
· Silver Dollar Casino in Bothell has a building lease which expires in April of 2022 with an option to renew for two additional terms of 5 years.
· Club Hollywood Casino in Shoreline has casino building and parking lot leases which expire in March of 2022 with options to renew for up to three additional five-year terms.
· Royal Casino in Everett has a building lease which expires in January of 2021 with an option to renew for up to three additional five-year terms.
· Administrative offices lease in Renton expires in April of 2024 with an option to renew for an additional term of five years.
· Red Dragon Casino in Mountlake Terrace has a building lease which expires in October of 2021 with an option to renew for up to two additional five-year terms.

 

  7  

 

 

South Dakota. We have an administrative center lease which expires in January of 2022 with an option to renew for an additional five-year term.

 

Gold Mountain Development . Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Gold Mountain Development, LLC, we sold approximately 268 acres of undeveloped land in the vicinity of Black Hawk, Colorado. However, the transaction is accounted for under the deposit method, recording the down payment as a liability and effectively deferring the recognition of the sale until the buyer’s investment is at least 20% of the initial purchase price. We continue to recognize the land on our balance sheet, classified as real estate held for sale, and valued at the selling price of $750,000.

 

Club Fortune Casino . In December 2015, we acquired Club Fortune Casino in Henderson, Nevada, which includes the 35,000 square foot building and 8.1 acres of land.  We rent land and administrative buildings adjacent to our property.

 

Office Lease . We currently lease 3,131 square feet of office space for our corporate headquarters in Las Vegas, Nevada. The lease expires on January 31, 2019.

 

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

 

We are currently not involved in any material legal proceedings.

 

Item 4.     Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable .

 

Part II

 

Item 5.     Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters   and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market Information

 

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE MKT Stock Exchange (formerly, the NYSE Amex) under the symbol “UWN.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of the common stock for the last two fiscal years.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended  
    April 30, 2018     April 30, 2017  
    High     Low     High     Low  
                         
First Quarter   $ 2.59     $ 2.08     $ 2.06     $ 1.80  
Second Quarter   $ 2.52     $ 2.09     $ 2.13     $ 1.68  
Third Quarter   $ 2.80     $ 2.13     $ 2.02     $ 1.64  
Fourth Quarter   $ 2.76     $ 2.08     $ 2.23     $ 2.00  

 

Holders of Common Stock

 

As of July 23, 2018, we had approximately 4,056 holders of our common stock, which includes the number of record holders and participants in security position listings.

 

Dividends

 

We have not paid any dividends and our current policy is to retain earnings to provide for our growth and repayment of debt. Consequently, no cash dividends are expected to be paid on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

 

Equity Compensation Plan

 

The following table gives information about our shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants, and rights under all of our existing equity compensation plans as of April 30, 2018 including the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as shares of our common stock that may be issued under individual compensation arrangements that were not approved by our stockholders.

 

  8  

 

 

    Number of              
    Securities           Number of Securities  
    To be Issued Upon     Weighted Average     Remaining Available for  
    Exercise of     Exercise Price of     Future Issuance Under  
    Outstanding     Outstanding     Equity Compensation  
    Options, Warrants     Options,     Plans Excluding  
    and Rights     Warrants and     Securities  
Plan Category   (A)     Rights     Reflected in Column (A)  
                         
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders     676,000     $ 1.10       507,611  

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

During the year ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, we did not sell any shares.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

In July 2016, our board of directors approved a $2.0 million stock repurchase program to purchase our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time, in compliance with Rule 10b-18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, loan covenants and other factors. In July 2017, the board of directors authorized an additional $2.0 million for future stock purchases. The repurchase plan does not obligate the Company to acquire any specified number or value of common stock. During the year ended April 30, 2018, the Company repurchased 788,301 shares at a weighted average price of $2.16 per share, costing $1,700,291. During the year ended April 30, 2017, the Company repurchased 296,665 shares at a weighted average price per share of $1.89, costing $561,606. As of April 30, 2018, $1.7 million remains available under the share repurchase authorization.

 

Item 6.     Selected Financial Data

 

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

 

Item 7.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results   of Operations

 

The following discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and Notes thereto contained in Item 8 herein. Management is of the opinion that inflation and changing prices will have little, if any, effect on our consolidated financial position or results of our operations.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our critical accounting policies and estimates involve the use of assumptions, estimates and/or judgments in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. An accounting estimate is an approximation made by management of a financial statement element, item or account in the consolidated financial statements. Accounting estimates in our historical consolidated financial statements measure the effects of past business transactions or events, or the present status of an asset or liability. The accounting estimates described below require us to make assumptions about matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made. Additionally, different estimates that we could have used or changes in an accounting estimate that are reasonably likely to occur could have a material impact on the presentation of our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable in the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments. These estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. We have discussed the development and selection of our critical accounting policies and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and have identified the following critical accounting policies for the current fiscal year.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

We consolidate entities when we have the ability to control the operating and financial decisions and policies of that entity and record the portion we do not own as non-controlling interest. The determination of our ability to control, or exert significant influence over, an entity involves the use of judgment. We apply the equity method of accounting if we can exert significant influence over, but do not control the policies and decisions of an entity. We use the cost method of accounting if we are unable to exert significant influence over the entity.

 

  9  

 

 

Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets, and Other Long-Lived Assets

 

In connection with our acquisitions of the nine Washington mini-casinos from May 12, 2009 to July 18, 2011, the acquisition of the South Dakota slot route operation in South Dakota on January 27, 2012, and the acquisition of Club Fortune Casino on December 1, 2015, we have goodwill and identifiable intangible assets of $20.4 million, net of amortization. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of net assets acquired and is a significant portion of our total assets. We review goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently if certain impairment indicators arise under the provisions of authoritative guidance. We review goodwill at the reporting unit level, which is the same as our operating segments. We compare the carrying value of the net assets of each reporting unit to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, based upon a multiple of estimated earnings and on a discounted cash flow method. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, an impairment indicator exists and an estimate of the impairment loss is calculated. The fair value calculation includes multiple assumptions and estimates, including the projected cash flows and discount rates. Changes in these assumptions and estimates could result in goodwill impairment that could materially adversely impact our financial position or results of operations. All of our goodwill is attributable to reporting units within our gaming operations.  The Company impaired the full value of goodwill associated with the South Dakota operations during the year ended April 30, 2017 based on indicators of impairment using market and income valuations. The calculations and key assumptions contemplate changes for both current year and future year estimates in earnings and the impact of these changes to the fair value of the route.

 

Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets also comprise a significant portion of our total assets. We evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets if impairment indicators are present or if other circumstances indicate that impairment may exist under authoritative guidance. When management believes impairment indicators may exist, projections of the undiscounted future cash flows associated with the use of and eventual disposition of long-lived assets held for use are prepared. If the projections indicate that the carrying value of the long-lived assets are not recoverable, we reduce the carrying values to fair value. For property held for sale, we compare the carrying values to an estimate of fair value less selling costs to determine potential impairment. We test for impairment of long-lived assets at the lowest level for which cash flows are measurable. These impairment tests are heavily influenced by assumptions and estimates that are subject to change as additional information becomes available. A recoverability test of our long-lived assets resulted in a $117,857 impairment charge to South Dakota’s customer relationships and a $240,950 impairment charge to South Dakota’s property and equipment, bringing the net balance of South Dakota’s customer relationships and property and equipment to zero as of April 30, 2018.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

We establish provisions for losses on accounts and notes receivable if we determine that we will not collect all or part of the outstanding balance. We regularly review collectability and establish or adjust our allowance as necessary using the specific identification method. We make advances to third parties under executed promissory notes for project costs related to the development of gaming and entertainment properties. Due diligence is conducted by our management with the assistance of legal counsel prior to entering into arrangements with third parties to provide financing in connection with their efforts to secure and develop the properties. Repayment terms are largely dependent upon the operating performance of each opportunity for which the funds have been loaned. Interest income is not accrued until it is reasonably assured that the project will be completed and that there will be sufficient profits from the facility to cover the interest to be earned under the respective note. If projected cash flows are not sufficient to recover amounts due, the note is evaluated to determine the appropriate discount to be recorded on the note for it to be considered a performing note. If the note is performing, interest is recorded using the effective interest method based on the value of the discounted note balance. See the Notes Receivable footnote in our consolidated financial statements.

 

We review on an annual basis, or more frequently, each of our notes receivable to evaluate whether the collection of such note receivable is still probable. In our analysis, we review the economic feasibility and the current financial, legislative and development status of the project. If our analysis indicates that the project is no longer economically feasible, the note receivable would be written down to its estimated fair value.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We record revenues from casino operations. The retail value of food and beverage and other services furnished to guests without charge is included in gross revenue and deducted as promotional allowances. Net revenues do not include the retail amount of food, beverage and other items provided gratuitously to customers. These amounts are included in promotional allowances in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We record the redemption of coupons and points for cash as a reduction of revenue. The estimated retail value of providing such promotional allowances is as follows:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended  
    April 30, 2018     April 30, 2017  
Food and beverage   $ 6,184,733     $ 6,722,157  
Other     262,169       236,909  
Promotional allowances   $ 6,446,902     $ 6,959,066  

 

  10  

 

  

The estimated cost of providing such complimentary services that is included in casino expense in the consolidated statements of operations was as follows:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended  
    April 30, 2018     April 30, 2017  
Food and beverage   $ 5,771,698     $ 6,112,343  
Other     243,899       222,886  
Total cost of complimentary services   $ 6,015,597     $ 6,335,229  

 

Accrued Jackpot Liability

 

We accrue slot jackpot liability as games are played under a matching concept of coin-in. In addition, as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, we also maintained $2.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively, in player-supported jackpot accrued liability. Player-supported jackpot is a progressive game of chance directly related to the play or outcome of an authorized non-house-banked card game separately funded by our patrons. Any jackpots hit in these card games are paid from such reserved funds.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on anticipated future tax consequences, using currently enacted tax laws, attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. We record current income taxes based on our current taxable income, and we provide for deferred income taxes to reflect estimated future tax payments and receipts. We account for tax credits under the flow-through method, which reduces the provision for income taxes in the year the tax credits first become available. We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when, based on our estimates, it is more likely than not that a portion of those assets will not be realized in a future period.

 

We recognize the impact of uncertain tax positions in our financial statements only if that position is more likely than not of not being sustained upon examination by the taxing authority. Should interest and penalty be incurred as a result of a review of our income tax returns, we will record the interest and penalty in accordance with applicable guidance.

 

Accrued Contingent Liability

 

We assess our exposure to loss contingencies including legal matters. If a potential loss is justified, probable, and able to be quantified, we will provide for the exposure. If the actual loss from a contingency differs from management’s estimate, operating results could be impacted. As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, we did not record any accrued contingent liability.

 

Fair Value

 

United States generally accepted accounting principles defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy categorizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value into one of three different levels depending on the observability of the inputs employed in the measurement. The three levels are as follows:

 

Level 1 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 – Other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly such as quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data and which we make our own assumptions about how market participants would price the assets and liabilities.

 

The following describes the valuation methodologies used by us to measure fair value:

 

Real estate held for sale is recorded at fair value less selling costs.

 

  11  

 

 

Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are recorded at carrying value and tested for impairment annually, or more frequently, using projections of undiscounted future cash flows.

 

Interest rate swaps are adjusted on a recurring basis pursuant to accounting standards for fair value measurements. We categorize our interest rate swap as Level 2 for fair value measurement.

 

The recorded value of cash, accounts receivable, notes receivable and payable approximate carrying value based on their short term nature. The recorded value of long term debt approximates carrying value as interest rates approximate market rates.

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are primarily notes receivable, cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable, and long term debt. As of April 30, 2018, we had no notes receivable outstanding. Our cash deposits are held with large, well-known financial institutions, and, at times, such deposits may be in excess of the federally insured limit. The recorded value of cash, accounts receivable and payable, approximate fair value based on their short term nature; the recorded value of long term debt approximates fair value as interest rates approximate current market rates.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Compensation cost for stock options granted are based on the fair value of each award, measured by applying the Black-Scholes model on the date of grant and using the weighted-average assumptions of (i) expected volatility, (ii) expected term, (iii) expected dividend yield, (iv) risk-free interest rate and (v) forfeiture rate. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of our stock. The expected term considers the contractual term of the option as well as historical exercise and forfeiture behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the rates in effect on the grant date for U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities matching the relevant expected term of the award. Compensation cost for grants of the Company’s stock are based on the shares granted and the market price at the date of the grant.

 

 

The compensation cost related to these share-based awards is recognized over the requisite service period. The requisite service period is generally the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award.

 

Executive Overview

 

We were formed in 1977 and, since 1994, have primarily been a gaming company involved in financing, developing, owning and operating gaming facilities. Our gaming facility operations are located in the United States of America (the “U.S.”), specifically in the states of Nevada, Washington and South Dakota. We own nine mini-casinos in Washington State, which were acquired in three separate purchases between May of 2009 and July of 2011. On January 27, 2012, we acquired all of the shares of A.G. Trucano, Son & Grandsons, Inc., a slot machine route operation in Deadwood, South Dakota. On December 1, 2015, we acquired the assets of Club Fortune Casino in Henderson, NV. Our business strategy will continue to focus on gaming projects with a continued emphasis on owning and operating gaming establishments. If we are successful, both our future revenues and profitability can be expected to increase.

 

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017

 

Net revenues.   Net revenues increased 0.1% to $74.6 million from $74.5 million for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018, compared to the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017. Our Washington casino revenues increased $0.1 million, due to one of our Washington properties being converted into an all-poker card room. However, this was offset by Club Fortune’s and South Dakota’s combined $0.2 million decrease in casino revenue.  South Dakota revenues decreased due to 54 fewer units in operation compared to the prior year.  Club Fortune slot revenues decreased due to a decrease in slot play but that was more than offset by a $0.3 million reduction in promotional allowances.

 

Total operating expenses. Total operating expenses decreased to $72.0 million from $72.7 million for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018, compared to the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.  South Dakota had an impairment expense of $1.1 million in the prior year and $0.4 million this year. Food and beverage expenses increased $0.6 million, or 10%, due to Washington’s minimum wage increase and food specials at Club Fortune. Corporate expense increased $0.3 million mainly due to $0.6 million in legal and professional fees related to the sale of South Dakota and Club Fortune, partially offset by $0.2 million of professional fees in the prior year related to the Club Fortune acquisition and the South Dakota impairment.  Casino, marketing and administrative, facilities, and other expenses remained relatively steady compared to the prior fiscal year.  Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $0.7 million due to Washington customer relationship intangibles that are now fully amortized and certain South Dakota and Washington assets that are now fully depreciated.

 

Non-operating expenses. Total non-operating expenses remained relatively steady when compared to the prior fiscal year.

 

  12  

 

 

Income taxes .  The effective tax rates for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, were 39.2% and 58.3%, respectively.  The decrease is primarily due to the decrease in the tax rate as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on December 22, 2017 and the non-deductible goodwill impairment in the prior year.

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

The term “adjusted EBITDA” is used by us in presentations, quarterly earnings calls, and other instances as appropriate. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, non-cash goodwill and other long-lived asset impairment charges, write-offs of project development costs, acquisition costs, sale transaction fees, litigation charges, non-cash stock grants, non-cash employee stock purchase plan discounts, exclusion of income or loss from assets held for sale, and net losses/gains from asset dispositions. Adjusted EBITDA is presented because it is a required component of financial ratios reported by us to our lenders, and it is also frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties, in addition to and not in lieu of GAAP results, to compare to the performance of other companies that also publicize this information.

 

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow as an indicator of our operating performance or any other measure of performance derived in accordance with GAAP.

 

The following table shows adjusted EBITDA by operating unit:

 

    Adjusted EBITDA  
For the fiscal year ended:   Washington     South Dakota     Nevada     Corporate -
Other
    Total  
                               
Ápril 30, 2018   $ 6,545,065     $ 105,390     $ 1,727,902     $ (2,340,034 )   $ 6,038,323  
                                         
Ápril 30, 2017   $ 7,037,344     $ 162,939     $ 1,537,922     $ (2,493,072 )   $ 6,245,133  

 

Net income reconciliation to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

    Fiscal year ended  
    April 30, 2018     April 30, 2017  
             
Net income   $ 1,323,425     $ 563,964  
Adjustments:                
Net interest expense     591,146       666,543  
Income tax expense     853,426       790,829  
Depreciation and amortization     2,370,752       3,021,280  
Acquisition and sale related expenses     589,839       113,900  
Write downs and other charges     358,807       1,101,472  
Deferred rent amortization     9,943       36,068  
Stock compensation amortization     104,140       124,279  
Increase in swap fair value     (171,018 )     (250,385 )
Loss on disposal of assets     7,863       77,183  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 6,038,323     $ 6,245,133  

 

  13  

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Historical Cash Flows

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended  
    April 30,
2018
    April 30,
2017
 
Cash provided by (used in):                
Operating activities   $ 5,464,944     $ 4,754,488  
Investing activities   $ (601,975 )   $ (287,489 )
Financing activities   $ (5,985,941 )   $ (5,418,203 )

 

Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 increased $0.7 million compared to the same period in the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017. This increase resulted primarily from the change in working capital.

 

Investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 increased $0.3 million compared to the same period in the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017. The increase primarily resulted from the $0.3 million decrease in collections on the G Investments note receivable due to prepayments received in the prior year.

 

Financing activities. Net cash used in financing activities increased $0.6 million for the year ended April 30, 2018 compared to the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017. We used $1.1 million more cash this year for purchases of treasury stock (offset by $0.7 million borrowed to buy treasury stock), and we used $0.1 million more in repayments of our credit facility.

 

Future Sources and Uses of Cash

 

On April 30, 2018, excluding restricted cash of $2,369,063, we had cash and cash equivalents of $9,508,931. The restricted cash consists of progressive liabilities and player supported jackpots. We expect that our future liquidity and capital requirements will be affected by:

 

- capital requirements related to future acquisitions;
- cash flow from operations;
- working capital requirements;
- treasury stock purchases
- obtaining debt financing; and
- debt service requirements.

 

As of April 30, 2018, scheduled principal payments on the Credit Facility are as follows:

 

May 1, 2018 – April 30, 2019   $ -  
May 1, 2019 – April 30, 2020     -  
May 1, 2020 – November 30, 2020     8,000,000  
    $ 8,000,000  

 

Please see note 8 of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In July 2016, our board of directors approved a $2.0 million stock repurchase program to purchase our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time, in compliance with Rule 10b-18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, loan covenants and other factors. In July 2017, the board of directors authorized an additional $2.0 million for future stock purchases. The repurchase plan does not obligate the Company to acquire any specified number or value of common stock. During the year ended April 30, 2018, the Company repurchased 788,301 shares at a weighted average price of $2.16 per share, costing $1,700,291. During the year ended April 30, 2017, the Company repurchased 296,665 shares at a weighted average price per share of $1.89, costing $561,606. As of April 30, 2018, $1.7 million remains available under the share repurchase authorization.

 

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will have adequate availability of cash resources to satisfy our liabilities in the normal course of business. We have made arrangements to ensure that we have sufficient working capital to fund our obligations as they come due. We believe that funds from operations will provide sufficient working capital for us to meet our obligations as they come due; however, there can be no assurance that we will be successful. Should cash resources not be sufficient to meet our current obligations as they come due, repay or refinance our long-term debt, and acquire operations that generate positive cash flow, we would be required to curtail our activities and maintain, or grow, at a pace that cash resources could support. Also see the Subsequent Events note of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Liquidity

 

The current ratio is an indication of a company's market liquidity and ability to meet creditor's demands. Acceptable current ratios vary from industry to industry and are generally between 1.25 and 3 for healthy businesses. If a company's current ratio is in this range, then it generally indicates good short-term financial strength. If current liabilities exceed current assets (the current ratio is below 1), then a company may have problems meeting its short-term obligations. As of April 30, 2018, we have a 2.25 current ratio, sufficient to service debt and maintain operations.

 

  14  

 

 

Indebtedness

 

On November 30, 2015, the Company amended its existing credit agreement with Mutual of Omaha Bank (“MOOB”) to increase the lending commitment to $23 million.  The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Facility”) matures on November 30, 2020, and is secured by liens on substantially all of the real and personal property of the Company and its subsidiaries. The interest rate on the borrowing is based on LIBOR plus an Applicable Margin, determined quarterly beginning April 1, 2016, based on the total leverage ratio for the trailing twelve month period. The initial Applicable Margin was 4.00% until April 1, 2016, when the first quarterly pricing change took effect, and decreased to 3.00%. As of July 1, 2018, the Applicable Margin is 2.50%. In addition, the Company was required to fix the interest rate on at least 50% of the credit facility through a swap agreement.

 

The Credit Facility contains customary covenants for a facility of this nature, including, but not limited to, covenants requiring the preservation and maintenance of the Company’s assets and covenants restricting our ability to merge, transfer ownership, incur additional indebtedness, encumber assets and make certain investments.  The Credit Facility also contains covenants requiring the Company to maintain certain financial ratios including a maximum total leverage ratio ranging from 2.75 to 1.00 from February 1, 2017 through January 31, 2018, and 2.50 to 1.00 from February 1, 2018 until maturity; and lease adjusted fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.15 to 1.00. We are in compliance with the covenant requirements of the Credit Facility as of April 30, 2018.

 

We are required by the Credit Facility to have a secured interest rate swap for at least 50% of the Credit Facility commitment. On December 28, 2015, the Company entered into a swap transaction with Mutual of Omaha Bank, which has a calculation period as of the tenth day of each month through the maturity date of the Credit Facility. As of April 30, 2018, the Company had one outstanding interest rate swap with MOOB with a notional amount of $8,375,000 at a swap rate of 1.77%, which as of April 30, 2018, effectively converts $8,375,000 of our floating-rate debt to a synthetic fixed rate of 4.27%. Under the terms of the swap agreement, the Company pays a fixed rate of 1.77% and receives variable rate based on one-month LIBOR as of the first day of each floating-rate calculation period. Under the International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) confirmation, the floating index as of April 30, 2018 is set at 1.9285%.

 

The Company did not designate the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge and the interest rate swap did not qualify for hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815. Changes in our interest rate swap fair value are recorded in our consolidated statements of operations. Each quarter, the Company receives fair value statements from the counterparty, MOOB. The fair value of the interest rate swap is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of the derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including forward interest rate curves. To comply with the provisions of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, the Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. As a result of our evaluation of our interest rate swap, we recorded a $171,018 increase in our interest rate swap fair value for the year ended April 30, 2018. As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, our interest rate swap fair value was an asset of $134,672 and a liability of $36,346, respectively, which is included in other assets as of April 30, 2018 and other long-term liabilities as of April 30, 2017 on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

None.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements and Legislation Issued

 

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended accounting guidance that changes the accounting for leases and requires expanded disclosures about leasing activities. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, measured on a discounted basis, at the commencement date for all leases with terms greater than twelve months. Lessor accounting will remain largely unchanged, other than certain targeted improvements intended to align lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and with the updated revenue recognition guidance. Lessees and lessors must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The amended guidance is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2018, and early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued a new accounting standard for revenue recognition which requires entities to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard supersedes the existing accounting guidance for revenue recognition, including industry-specific guidance, and amends certain accounting guidance for recognition of gains and losses on the transfer of non-financial assets. For public companies, the new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2017.

 

  15  

 

 

The Company will adopt the standard as of May 1, 2018 and will follow the modified retrospective approach. The accompanying financial statements and related disclosures do not reflect the effects of the new revenue standard. The Company is finalizing the assessment of the effects of the standard on its consolidated financial statements and will begin reporting under the new guidance in its consolidated financial statements for the first quarter of fiscal 2019. The quantitative effects of these changes are not expected to be material and are still being analyzed.

 

The Company’s current presentation, which reports the retail value of services provided to customers without charge as revenues with a corresponding contra amount deducted as promotional allowances, will no longer be allowed under the new revenue standard. Upon adoption of the new guidance, revenues will be allocated among the Company’s departmental classifications based on the relative standalone selling prices of the goods and services provided to guests. The Company currently anticipates that this methodology will result in a reduction of reported gaming revenues by an amount equivalent to reported promotional allowance revenues, with no change to total net revenues.

 

Currently, the Company estimates the cost of fulfilling the redemption of rewards earned through customer loyalty programs based upon the cost of historical redemptions. Upon adoption of the new guidance, the Company will account for the rewards using a deferred revenue model for the classification and timing of revenue recognized as well as the classification of related expenses when player rewards are redeemed. The impact of this change in accounting is not expected to be material to any annual accounting period.

 

Historically, and in accordance with prior guidance, the Company reported the expense for amounts paid to operators of wide area progressive games as contra-revenues. Upon adoption of the new guidance, these payments will be reported as an operating expense. The impact of this classification change will be to increase our gaming revenues and gaming expenses by equal amounts.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-04 ("ASU 2017-04") "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment." ASU 2017-04 removes the requirement to perform a hypothetical purchase price allocation to measure goodwill impairment. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after 15 December 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2018 with no material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

A variety of proposed or otherwise potential accounting guidance is currently under study by standard-setting organizations and certain regulatory agencies. Due to the tentative and preliminary nature of such proposed accounting guidance, the Company has not yet determined the effect, if any, that the implementation of such proposed accounting guidance would have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  

 

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The information required under Item 310(a) of Regulation S-K is included in this report as set forth in the “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.” See Index to consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and   Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

 

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

  16  

 

 

In accordance with Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report.  As described below under Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. 

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, as amended. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

1. Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

2. Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors; and

3. Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2018. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework 2013. Management, including our CEO and CFO, has concluded that the internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 2018.

 

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

(d) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

This annual report does not include an attestations report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC that permit us to provide only Management’s report in this annual report.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

 

Part III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Our Code of Ethics is posted on our website at http://www.nevadagold.com, under Investor Relations – Investor Info. Changes to and waivers granted with respect to this Code of Ethics related to our officers, other executive officers and directors are required to be disclosed pursuant to applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, will also be posted on our website, and a Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed within four business days of the change or waiver.

 

17

 

 

Name

 

Age

 

 

Class/Term Expiration

 

Principal Occupation

Frank Catania   76   Class I/2020   President, Catania Consulting Group, LLC
             
Rudolph K. Kluiber   58   Class II/2018   Managing Director of GRT Capital Partners, an Investment Management Firm
             
Francis M. Ricci   75   Class II/2018   President, Orchard Lane Consulting
             
William G. Jayroe   61   Class III/2019  

Executive VP, Sales and Marketing IEA, Inc.;

President & CEO, Hunter International Partners, LLC

             
Shawn W. Kravetz   48   Class III/2019   President and Chief Investment Officer of Esplanade Capital LLC, an Investment Management Firm
             
William J. Sherlock   68   Class III/2019  

Chairman, Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

Former President/CEO, Foxwoods Resort & Casino

 

Frank Catania . Mr. Catania has served as a director since October 2009. Mr. Catania has over 30 years of gaming and legal experience and is currently a principal of Catania Consulting Group, LLC, which specializes in providing gaming expertise to both the public and private sectors. Mr. Catania also serves as counsel to the law firm of Catania & Ehrlich, P.C., which specializes, in part, in all aspects of casino law, including licensing and compliance. He is a member of the Board of Directors of Continental 8 Technologies, an operator of data centers worldwide. Mr. Catania served on the Board of Directors of Empire Resorts, Inc. from May 2006 until March 2009. He had also served as the Director of New Jersey's Division of Gaming Enforcement, a premier and world-renowned gaming regulatory and enforcement agency. Mr. Catania is a former Deputy Speaker of the New Jersey General Assembly and served for four years as an Assemblyman, representing his district in Passaic County. Mr. Catania was a founding member of the International Masters of Gaming Law, a non-profit association dedicated to the education and advancement of gaming law, having served as its first President. He is a graduate of Rutgers University and Seton Hall University Law School where he was an adjunct professor of gaming law. The Board believes Mr. Catania is qualified to serve as a director due to his knowledge of the casino industry, his experience as an independent director of other casino companies and his experience in gaming regulatory matters.

 

Rudolph K. Kluiber. Since 2001, Mr. Kluiber has served as a Managing Director of GRT Capital Partners (“GRT”), an investment management firm located in Boston, Massachusetts. Prior to forming GRT, Mr. Kluiber was Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager for State Street Research & Management Company from 1997 to 2001, where he ran the State Street Aurora Fund and managed the Small-Cap Value effort. Mr. Kluiber served as a director of Steinway Musical Instruments, Inc. from 2001 to 2011 and currently serves on the board of Wessanen, a publicly traded Dutch organic food company. Mr. Kluiber is a cum laude graduate of Harvard College and holds an MBA from the University of California Los Angeles. The Board believes that Mr. Kluiber’s financial and business expertise, including capital markets, combined with his company and industry experience, make him well qualified to serve on the Board.

 

Francis M. Ricci . Mr. Ricci has served as a director since July 2003. Since 1991, he has served as Director, CEO or CFO of several private companies including Natural Swing Products Co., Premier Scale Co., and starting in 1998, Pro Gear Holdings, Inc. d/b/a Yes! Golf. Since 2010, through his business consulting practice Orchard Lane Consulting, he offers investors, lenders and attorneys due diligence, investigation and evaluation of proposed investments or loans, and forensic accounting services. He is a CPA and practiced as an audit specialist for 22 years with Deloitte & Touche, serving as a partner for 12 years. He received his MBA and BS degrees from the University of Montana. His qualifications include financial and accounting expertise, executive leadership and marketplace knowledge.

 

William G. Jayroe. Mr. Jayroe has served as a director since September 1995. Mr. Jayroe has three decades of technology development, sales, and management expertise. In 2013, Mr. Jayroe joined IEA, Inc. headquartered in Houston, Texas, a provider of environmental health and safety solutions to fortune 100 organizations, as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Prior to that he was an executive at IHS, a global environmental and crisis management software solutions provider headquartered in Englewood, Colorado. From May 2005 until January 2007, Mr. Jayroe was the Senior Vice President South East Region of Enviance, Inc., a software solutions company headquartered out of Carlsbad, California. From September 2001 until October 2003, Mr. Jayroe served as a Senior Vice President of Digital Consulting and Southwest Services. Mr. Jayroe founded and has been the CEO of Hunter International Partners, LLC since September 1998. Mr. Jayroe has a BS in Industrial Distribution from Texas A&M University. The Board believes Mr. Jayroe is qualified to serve as a director due to his experience as a senior executive, his executive leadership, and his contributions to strategy development and marketplace knowledge.

 

18

 

 

Shawn W. Kravetz. Mr. Kravetz is President and Chief Investment Officer of Esplanade Capital LLC, an investment management company he founded in 1999. The firm manages private investment partnerships. From 1997 until 1999, Mr. Kravetz was a Principal at The Parthenon Group, a leading strategy consulting boutique, where he advised chief executives on corporate strategy. From 1995 until 1997, Mr. Kravetz was Director of Strategic Planning and Corporate Development at the CML Group, where he oversaw activities at subsidiaries including NordicTrack, The Nature Company, and Smith & Hawken. Mr. Kravetz received an A.B. in Economics from Harvard University, magna cum laude, in 1991 and an MBA with High Distinction from Harvard Business School in 1995. The Board believes that Mr. Kravetz’s experience in the capital markets, his management insight and business knowledge make him well qualified to serve on the Board.

 

William J. Sherlock . Mr. Sherlock has served as Chairman since November 2009. Mr. Sherlock is a hospitality and casino industry veteran of 39 years. From 1997 to 2000, he was Chief Operating Officer and, from 2000 to 2006, he was Chief Executive Officer of Foxwoods Resort & Casino in Mashantucket, Connecticut, one of the world’s largest casinos. He currently serves as a Board member of the Inn at Mystic, Mystic, Connecticut and is a member of the Foxwoods Tribal Audit Authority. Prior to his service at Foxwoods Resort & Casino, Mr. Sherlock was President/CEO of various casino/hotel properties including the New York New York Hotel & Casino in Las Vegas, Nevada, the Flamingo Hilton in Laughlin, Nevada and the Reno Hilton in Reno, Nevada. Mr. Sherlock served as Interim President of Foxwoods Resort Casino in Mashantucket, CT from June until December of 2010. From May 2012 to December 2014, Mr. Sherlock served as an Advisor to the Board of Directors of the Cosmopolitan Hotel and Casino in Las Vegas, Nevada. Mr. Sherlock is a Business Administration graduate of the University of South Carolina. As Chairman of our Board, Mr. Sherlock’s qualifications include industry, accounting and corporate governance experience, operating and executive leadership, strategy development, management experience and marketplace knowledge.

 

Director Qualifications

 

In discharging its responsibilities to nominate candidates for election to the Board, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee has not specified any minimum qualifications for serving on the Board. However, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee endeavors to evaluate, propose, and approve candidates with business experience and personal skills in gaming, finance, marketing, financial reporting and other areas that may be expected to contribute to an effective Board. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee seeks to assure that our Board is composed of individuals who have experience relevant to our needs and who have the highest professional and personal ethics, consistent with our values and standards. Candidates should be committed to enhancing shareholder value and should have sufficient time to carry out their duties and to provide insight and practical wisdom based on experience. Each director must represent the interests of all shareholders.

 

Identifying and Evaluating Nominees for Directors

 

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee utilizes a variety of methods for identifying and evaluating nominees for director. Candidates may come to the attention of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee through current Board members, professional search firms, shareholders or other persons. These candidates are evaluated at regular or special meetings of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and may be considered at any point during the year. As described above, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider properly submitted shareholder nominations for candidates for the Board. Following verification of the shareholder status of persons proposing candidates, recommendations will be aggregated and considered by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. If any materials are provided by a shareholder in connection with the nomination of a director candidate, such materials will be forwarded to the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.

 

The Board has four standing committees: (1) the Compensation Committee; (2) the Audit Committee; (3) the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee; and (4) the Compliance Committee.

 

Membership of the Board’s standing committees is as follows:

 

  Audit
Committee
    Compensation
Committee
   

Corporate Governance

and

Nominating Committee

   

Compliance

Committee

   
William J. Sherlock M     M     M     M    
Francis M. Ricci C     M     M     M    
William G. Jayroe       C           M    
Frank Catania M     M     M     C    
Shawn W. Kravetz       M     C          
Rudolph K. Kluiber M                      

 

 

 

C—Chairman

M—Member

 

19

 

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee consists of four directors: Messrs. Ricci, Catania, Sherlock and Kluiber, each of whom is independent as defined in the listing standards of the Stock Exchange. The Audit Committee engages our independent auditors, reviews our financial controls, evaluates the scope of the annual audit, reviews audit results, consults with management and our independent auditors prior to the presentation of financial statements to shareholders and, as appropriate, initiates inquiries into aspects of our internal accounting controls and financial affairs. The Board has determined that Mr. Ricci is an independent audit committee financial expert as defined by Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act. Mr. Ricci serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee consists of five directors: Messrs. Jayroe, Sherlock, Ricci, Kravetz and Catania, each of whom is independent as defined in the listing standards of the Stock Exchange. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves salaries and incentive compensation for our executive officers.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

No member of the Compensation Committee serves as an officer or employee of the Company. None of our executive officers serve on the board of directors or compensation committee of a company that has an executive officer who serves on our Board or the Compensation Committee.

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

 

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee currently consist of four non-employee directors: Messrs. Kravetz, Sherlock, Ricci, and Catania, each of whom is independent as defined in the listing standards of the Stock Exchange. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee reviews and approves candidates for election and to fill vacancies on the Board, including re-nominations of members whose terms are due to expire. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is also responsible for developing and implementing guidelines relating to the operation of the Board and its committees and the Company as a whole.

 

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee operates pursuant to a written Charter. A copy of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Charter is available on our website at http://www.nevadagold.com under the heading “ Corporate Governance.

 

Compliance Committee

 

The Compliance Committee operates pursuant to a Gaming Compliance Program adopted by the Board and currently consists of four non-employee directors: Messrs. Catania, Sherlock, Jayroe and Ricci. The Compliance Committee was established in February of 2012 in accordance with an Order of Registration issued by the Nevada Gaming Commission. The Compliance Committee was created in order to: (i) monitor our compliance with gaming laws in jurisdictions which we and our affiliates operate in order to prevent regulatory violations and to promptly detect and correct any regulatory violation that might occur; (ii) advise the Board of any gaming law compliance problems or situations which may adversely affect the objectives of gaming control in jurisdictions where we operate; (iii) provide appropriate reports for the purpose of keeping the Nevada Gaming Control Board advised of our compliance efforts in the State of Nevada and other jurisdictions; (iv) perform due diligence regarding proposed transactions and associations involving any of our affiliates’ gaming operations; and (v) receive, coordinate and distribute appropriate input from our affiliates to enhance their respective compliance with respect to gaming laws and regulations.

 

20

 

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table provides information about the compensation for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 of our Principal Executive Officer, our Principal Financial Officer and Vice President of Washington Operations.

 

NAME
AND
PRINCIPAL
POSITION

 

FISCAL YEAR (1)

 

SALARY
( $)

   

BONUS
( $)

   

STOCK AWARDS ($) (2)

   

ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION
( $)

   

TOTAL PAY

($)

 
Michael P. Shaunnessy   2018     300,000       10,000       40,860       -       350,860  
   CEO   2017     300,000       21,500       -       -       321,500  
   (Principal Executive Officer)                                            
                                             
James D. Meier   2018     225,000       10,000       34,050       1,091       270,141  
    Vice President, CFO   2017     215,000       21,500       -       824       237,324  
    and Secretary                                            
   (Principal Financial Officer)                                            
                                             
Victor H. Mena   2018     225,000       10,000       27,240       1,800       264,040  
    Vice President of Washington   2017     215,000       21,500       21,294       1,800       259,594  
    Operations                                            
                                             

 

 

  (1) Compensation data for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 includes the period from May 1, 2017 through April 30, 2018.
  (2) The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value for stock grants awarded during the fiscal year ended, computed in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount for fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 are included in Footnote 10 to our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018, filed with the SEC.  

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

The table below presents information on the outstanding stock option awards held by our named executive officers as of April 30, 2018.

 

Name (*)

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

   

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable

   

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

   

Option
Expiration
Date

Michael P. Shaunnessy     200,000       -       0.82     12/01/2022
      100,000       -       1.23     07/22/2024
                             
James D. Meier     100,000       -       1.23     11/01/2024
                           
Victor H. Mena     20,000       -       1.25     07/28/2019
      50,000       -       0.98     07/27/2020
      25,000       -       1.57     07/27/2021

 

 

(*)       The option awards were granted pursuant to our 2009 Plan, which was approved by shareholders at the 2009 Special Meeting of Shareholders. During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018, no stock options were exercised by our named executive officers.

 

21

 

 

Director Fees

 

Our independent directors are paid an annual fee of $35,000 (“Base Compensation”). A portion of the Base Compensation ($10,000) is paid in fully vested common stock of the Company the value of which is determined as the closing price of such stock on the date of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company. The independent Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of the Audit Committee are paid an additional annual fee of $15,000 and the Chairman of the Compliance Committee receives an additional annual fee of $3,000. Members of the Compliance Committee, Messrs. Sherlock, Jayroe and Ricci receive $1,000 annually for service on the committee. All directors are reimbursed for their reasonable expenses for attending Board and Board committee meetings.

 

Director Summary Compensation Table

 

The table below contains information about the compensation received by each of our directors during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018.

 

Name

 

Fees
Paid
in Cash
($) (1)

   

Fees Paid in Stock
($) (2)

   

Total
($)

 
William J. Sherlock     41,000       10,000       51,000  
Frank Catania     28,000       10,000       38,000  
Francis M. Ricci     41,000       10,000       51,000  
William G. Jayroe     26,000       10,000       36,000  
Shawn W. Kravetz     25,000       10,000       35,000  
Rudolph K. Kluiber     25,000       10,000       35,000  

 

 

 

(1) Includes fees for the Board and two committee chairmanships, and membership on the Compliance Committee.  Only the chairs of the Board (i.e., Mr. Sherlock), the Audit Committee (i.e., Mr. Ricci) and the Compliance Committee (i.e., Mr. Catania) receive chairmanship fees.  As the chairs of the Board and the Audit Committee, Messrs. Sherlock and Ricci receive $15,000 annually while, as the chair of the Compliance Committee, Mr. Catania receives $3,000 annually.  Also, as members of the Compliance Committee, Messrs. Sherlock, Jayroe and Ricci receive $1,000 annually.
(2) An annual grant of fully vested common stock valued at $10,000 on the date of grant.

 

As of April 30, 2018, the directors had outstanding option awards as follows:

 

Name

 

 

Outstanding Stock Options

Exercisable

(#)

 

   

Outstanding Stock
Options Unexercisable

(#)

 

   

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

 

   

Option
Expiration
Date

 

William G. Jayroe     10,000       -       1.57     07/27/2021
      10,000       -       1.25     07/28/2019
      20,000       -       0.82     10/17/2022
                             
Francis M. Ricci     10,000       -       1.57     07/27/2021
      10,000       -       1.25     07/28/2019
                             
William J. Sherlock     6,000       -       1.57     07/27/2021

 

22

 

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and   Related Stockholder Matters

 

The table below shows the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned as of the close of business on April 30, 2018 by each of our directors and executives as well as the number of shares beneficially owned by all of the directors and executive officers as a group.

 

    SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED AS OF April 30, 2018
NAME AND ADDRESS (1)   NUMBER OF SHARES   PERCENT OF CLASS
           
Frank Catania     84,004     *
William G. Jayroe     162,935 (2)   *
Rudolph K. Kluiber     10,087     *
Shawn W. Kravetz     868,296 (3)   5.2%
Francis M. Ricci     47,504 (4)   *
William J. Sherlock     141,004 (5)   *
Michael P. Shaunnessy     315,000 (6)   1.9%
James D. Meier     100,000 (7)   *
Ernest E. East     115,000 (8)   *
Victor H. Mena     113,343 (9)   *
All current directors and executive officers     1,963,841 (10)   11.7%
   as a group (11 persons)            

 

 

 

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for the persons listed is 133 E. Warm Springs Road, Suite 102, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119.
(2) Includes (a) options to purchase 40,000 shares of common stock exercisable as of July 15, 2018 within 60 days thereafter, (b) 3,334 shares of common stock owned by Hunter Jayroe, and (c) 3,334 shares of common stock owned by Haley Jayroe.
(3) Mr. Kravetz personally owns 28,067 shares of common stock.  An additional 840,229 shares are owned by Esplanade Capital Partners I LLC.  Mr. Kravetz is the President and Chief Investment Officer of Esplanade Capital LLC, which is the manager of Esplanade Capital Partners I LLC.
(4) Includes options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock exercisable as of July 15, 2018 or within 60 days thereafter.
(5) Includes options to purchase 6,000 shares of common stock exercisable as of July 15, 2018 or within 60 days thereafter.
(6) Includes options to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock exercisable as of July 15, 2018 or within 60 days thereafter.
(7) Includes options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock exercisable as of July 15, 2018 or within 60 days thereafter.
(8) Includes options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock exercisable as of July 15, 2018 or within 60 days thereafter.                                                                                 
(9) Includes options to purchase 95,000 shares of common stock exercisable as of July 15, 2018 or within 60 days thereafter.
(10) Includes options to purchase 661,000 shares of common stock.
     * Less than one percent

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

The Board determines independence on the basis of the standards specified by the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). The Board is comprised entirely of independent directors and none of our directors have any economic relationship with the Company other than as a shareholder or director.

 

The Company paid $10,200 during both fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, in accordance with Club Fortune entering into a ground lease agreement with Gaming Ventures Las Vegas, Inc., the previous owner of Club Fortune, which is owned by a shareholder who owns over 5% of the Company. The Company paid $204,923 and $200,715 during the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, in accordance with a consulting agreement with the same shareholder. Our Audit Committee charter requires that the Audit Committee reviews and approves all related party transactions for potential conflicts of interests.

 

We have entered into indemnity agreements with our directors which provide, among other things, that we will indemnify such directors, under the circumstances and to the extent provided for in the agreements, for expenses, damages, judgments, fines and settlements he may be required to pay in actions or proceedings which he is or may be made a party to by reason of his position as our director, and otherwise to the full extent permitted under Nevada law and our Bylaws.

 

23

 

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

E&Y provided professional services related to our fiscal year ended April 30, 2018, and for our fiscal year ended April 30, 2017. Fees for audit services include fees associated with the annual audit and the reviews of the Company’s quarterly reports on Form 10-Q. Tax fees included tax compliance, tax advice and preparation of our Federal and State tax returns.

 

Approximate fees for professional services provided in each of the last two fiscal years:

 

    Fiscal 2018     Fiscal 2017  
Audit Fees   $ 257,049     $ 247,812  
Tax Fees   $ 81,900     $ 61,100  

 

Part IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements.

 

Included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report:

 

Consolidated Financial Statements of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017

Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

We have omitted all schedules because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

(a)(3) Exhibits    

 

INDEX TO EXHIB ITS

 

EXHIBIT    
NUMBER   DESCRIPTION
     
3.1A   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (filed previously as Exhibit A to the Company's definitive proxy statement filed on Schedule 14A on July 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference).
     
3.1B   Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (filed previously as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form S-8 filed October 11, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
     
3.1C   Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (filed previously as Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

24

 

 

3.1D   Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (filed previously as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed October 17, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
     
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc., effective July 24, 2007 (filed previously as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed July 27, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference).
     
4.1   Common Stock Certificate of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (filed previously as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8/A filed June 4, 1999, file no. 333-79867, and incorporated herein by reference).
     
4.2   Second Amended and Restated Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan (filed previously as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form S-8 filed June 22, 2005, file no. 333-126027, and incorporated herein by reference).
     
4.3   Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (filed previously as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 filed on April 14, 2009, file no. 333-158576, and incorporated herein by reference).
     
10.1   First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement between Colorado Grande Enterprises, Inc., as seller, and G Investments, LLC, as purchaser (filed previously as Exhibits 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 29, 2012).
     
10.2   Credit Agreement dated December 10, 2013 by and among Mutual of Omaha Bank, as the Lender, Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc., as parent, and Restricted Subsidiaries, as borrower (filed previously as Exhibits 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed December 23, 2013).
     
10.3   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated November 30, 2015 by and among Mutual of Omaha Bank, as the Lender, Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc., as parent, and Restricted Subsidiaries, as borrower (filed previously as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 3, 2015).
     

10.4

 

  Asset Purchase Agreement between Gaming Ventures of Las Vegas, Inc., as seller, and Nevada Gold & Casinos LV, LLC, as buyer (filed previously as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 22, 2015).
     
10.5   First Amendment to Option Agreement dated April 22, 2016 between the Company and Clear Creek Development Company (filed previously as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 25, 2016).
     
10.6(+*)   Amended Employment Agreement dated May 1, 2018 by and between Michael P. Shaunnessy and Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.
     
10.7(+*)   Amended Employment Agreement dated May 1, 2018 by and between James Meier and Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.
     
10.8(+*)   Amended Employment Agreement dated May 1, 2018 by and between Victor H. Mena and Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.
     
10.9(+*)   Amended Employment Agreement dated May 1, 2018 by and between Ernest E. East and Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.
     
10.10(+*)   Amendment of Employment Agreement by and between Ernest E. East and Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. by letter dated April 2, 2018.
     
10.11(+*)   Amendment of Employment Agreement by and between Ernest E. East and Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. by letter dated July 10, 2018.
     
10.12(*)   Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 23, 2018, between A.G. Trucano, Son and Grandsons, Inc., as seller, and Michael J. Trucano, as buyer.
     
10.13(*)   Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 26, 2018, between Nevada Gold & Casinos LV, LLC, as seller, and Truckee Gaming, LLC, as buyer.
     
21.1(*)   Subsidiaries of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.
     
23.1(*)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
     
31.1(*)  

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

     
31.2(*)  

Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

     
32.1(*)   Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
32.2(*)   Certification Principal Financial and Accounting Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

25

 

  

101.INS   XBRL Instance Document
     
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Schema
     
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase
     
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase
     
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase
     
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase

 

 

+ Management contract or compensatory plan, or arrangement.

* Filed herewith.

 

In accordance with SEC Release 33-8238, Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 are being furnished and not filed.

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.
   
  By:

/s/ James Meier

  James Meier
 

Chief Financial Officer

(Duly Authorized officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   
  Date: July 26, 2018

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s /WILLIAM J. SHERLOCK        
William J. Sherlock   Chairman of the Board of Directors   July 26, 2018
         
/s/ WILLIAM G. JAYROE        
William G. Jayroe   Director   July 26, 2018
         
/s/ FRANK CATANIA        
Frank Catania   Director   July 26, 2018
         
/s/ FRANCIS M. RICCI        
Francis M. Ricci   Director   July 26, 2018
         
/s/ SHAWN KRAVETZ        
Shawn Kravetz   Director   July 26, 2018
         
/s/ RUDOLPH KLUIBER        
Rudolph Kluiber   Director   July 26, 2018
         
/s/ MICHAEL P. SHAUNNESSY        
Michael P. Shaunnessy   President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   July 26, 2018
         
/s/ JAMES MEIER        
James Meier   VP and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   July 26, 2018

 

26

 

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Financial Statements of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

 

  Page
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 28
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017 29
Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017 30

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017

31
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017 32
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 33

 

27

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.:

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (the Company) as of April 30, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended April 30, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at April 30, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended April 30, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Basis for the Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion

 

  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

 

Las Vegas, Nevada  
July 26, 2018  

 

28

 

  

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

 

    April 30,     April 30,  
    2018     2017  
ASSETS                
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 9,508,931     $ 10,631,903  
Restricted cash     2,369,063       1,994,312  
Accounts receivable, net of allowances     485,774       808,484  
Prepaid expenses     1,436,538       1,209,507  
Notes receivable, current portion           383,093  
Inventory and other current assets     430,296       423,113  
Total current assets     14,230,602       15,450,412  
                 
Real estate held for sale     750,000       750,000  
Goodwill     16,923,588       16,923,588  
Identifiable intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $9,361,189 and $8,869,497 at April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017, respectively     3,497,779       4,107,328  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $9,260,152 and $7,635,620 at April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017, respectively     12,812,411       13,958,715  
Deferred tax asset     704,044       1,557,470  
Other assets     204,672       70,000  
Total assets   $ 49,123,096     $ 52,817,513  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $ 1,695,495     $ 1,303,571  
Accrued payroll and related     2,049,313       1,925,592  
Accrued player's club points and progressive jackpots     2,592,456       2,348,068  
Total current liabilities     6,337,264       5,577,231  
Long-term debt     7,895,240       12,061,411  
Other long-term  liabilities     637,207       667,110  
Total liabilities     14,869,711       18,305,752  
                 
Stockholders' equity:                
Common stock, $0.12 par value per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 18,715,985 and 18,627,167 shares issued and 16,848,182 and 17,547,665 shares outstanding at April 30, 2018, and April 30, 2017, respectively     2,245,927       2,235,269  
Additional paid-in capital     27,557,151       27,449,319  
Retained earnings     13,644,239       12,320,814  
Treasury stock, 1,867,803 and 1,079,502 shares at April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017, at cost     (9,193,932 )     (7,493,641 )
Total stockholders' equity     34,253,385       34,511,761  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 49,123,096     $ 52,817,513  

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

29

 

  

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

    Year Ended  
    April 30,     April 30,  
    2018     2017  
Revenues:                
Casino   $ 65,767,827     $ 65,838,576  
Food and beverage     13,252,982       13,439,326  
Other     1,978,619       2,140,113  
Gross revenues     80,999,428       81,418,015  
Less promotional allowances     (6,446,902 )     (6,959,066 )
Net revenues     74,552,526       74,458,949  
                 
Expenses:                
Casino     36,476,733       36,488,019  
Food and beverage     6,801,269       6,194,698  
Other     206,764       208,090  
Marketing and administrative     20,715,534       20,752,103  
Facility     2,008,090       2,126,150  
Corporate     3,009,735       2,719,003  
Depreciation and amortization     2,370,752       3,021,280  
Loss on disposal of assets     7,863       77,183  
Write downs and other charges     358,807       1,101,472  
Total operating expenses     71,955,547       72,687,998  
Operating income     2,596,979       1,770,951  
Non-operating income (expenses):                
Interest income     46,241       81,011  
Interest expense and amortization of loan issue costs     (637,387 )     (747,554 )
Change in swap fair value     171,018       250,385  
Income before income tax     2,176,851       1,354,793  
    Income tax expense     (853,426 )     (790,829 )
Net income   $ 1,323,425     $ 563,964  
Per share information:                
Net income per common share - basic and diluted   $ 0.08     $ 0.03  
                 
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding     16,985,532       17,688,229  
                 
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding     17,350,402       17,990,524  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

30

 

  

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity  

 

                Additional                 Total  
    Common Stock     Paid-in     Retained     Treasury     Stockholders'  
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Stock     Equity  
Balance at April 30, 2016     18,571,693     $ 2,228,612     $ 27,315,517     $ 11,756,850     $ (6,932,035 )   $ 34,368,944  
Net Income                       563,964             563,964  
Issuance of common stock                                    
Stock compensation     43,974       5,277       119,002                   124,279  
Stock options exercised     11,500       1,380       14,800                   16,180  
Treasury stock purchased                             (561,606 )     (561,606 )
Balance at April 30, 2017     18,627,167     $ 2,235,269     $ 27,449,319     $ 12,320,814     $ (7,493,641 )   $ 34,511,761  
Net Income                       1,323,425             1,323,425  
Stock compensation     34,630       4,156       99,984                   104,140  
Stock options exercised     17,500       2,100       12,250                   14,350  
Warrant exercised     36,688       4,402       (4,402 )                  
Treasury stock purchased                             (1,700,291 )     (1,700,291 )
Balance at April 30, 2018     18,715,985     $ 2,245,927     $ 27,557,151     $ 13,644,239     $ (9,193,932 )   $ 34,253,385  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

31

 

 

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Year Ended  
    April 30,     April 30,  
    2018     2017  
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net income   $ 1,323,425     $ 563,964  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                
 Depreciation and amortization     2,370,752       3,021,280  
 Stock compensation     104,140       124,279  
 Amortization of deferred loan issuance costs     133,829       95,040  
 Change in deferred rent     9,943       36,069  
 Write downs and other charges     358,807       1,101,472  
 Changes to restricted cash     (374,751 )     (560,584 )
 Change in swap fair value     (171,018 )     (250,385 )
 Loss on disposal of assets     7,863       77,183  
 Changes in deferred income taxes     853,426       790,829  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
 Receivables and other assets     88,495       (152,708 )
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     760,033       (91,951 )
Net cash provided by operating activities     5,464,944       4,754,488  
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Collections on notes receivable     383,093       725,976  
Purchase of property and equipment     (983,568 )     (1,044,297 )
Capitalized licensing costs           24,946  
Deposit refunded     (3,500 )      
Proceeds from the sale of assets     2,000       5,886  
Net cash used in investing activities     (601,975 )     (287,489 )
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from credit facilities     700,000        
Repayment of credit facilities     (5,000,000 )     (4,872,777 )
Purchase of treasury stock     (1,700,291 )     (561,606 )
Cash proceeds from exercise of stock options     14,350       16,180  
Net cash used in financing activities     (5,985,941 )     (5,418,203 )
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (1,122,972 )     (951,204 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     10,631,903       11,583,107  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 9,508,931     $ 10,631,903  
Supplemental cash flow information:                
Cash paid for interest   $ 512,345     $ 676,715  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

32

 

 

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.    Background and Basis of Presentation

 

Background

 

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (“we”), a Nevada corporation, was formed in 1977 and, since 1994, has primarily been a gaming company involved in gaming projects and gaming operations. Our gaming operations are located in the United States of America (the “U.S.”), specifically in the states of Nevada, Washington and South Dakota. Our business strategy will continue to focus on gaming projects.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries after the elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions.

 

Certain reclassifications between the operating expenses of casino, food and beverage, and other have been made to conform prior year financial information to the current period presentation. Those reclassifications did not impact working capital, revenue, operating income, net income or stockholders’ equity.

 

Revision of Previously Issued Financial Statements

 

As part of the financial statement close process for the year ended April 30, 2018, a classification error was identified that resulted in certain progressive jackpot liabilities recorded as operating expenses rather than contra-revenue in prior years.  The Company has performed an evaluation to determine if the financial statement impacts resulting from this classification error were material, considering both quantitative and qualitative factors. Based on this materiality analysis, the Company concluded that the errors were not material to any individual prior period.  However, the Company has elected to correct the classification error for the year ended April 30, 2017.  Accordingly, the Company has adjusted the statement of operations for the year ended April 30, 2017 to reflect a reduction in casino revenues and marketing and administrative expense of $168,000. 

 

The following table presents the effect of the items listed above on the Company’s statement of operations:

 

    Year ended April 30, 2017  
    Previously
Reported
    Adjustment     As Adjusted  
Casino revenues   $ 66,006,576     $ (168,000 )   $ 65,838,576  
Marketing and administrative expense   $ 20,920,103     $ (168,000 )   $ 20,752,103  

 

Note 2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

We consolidate entities when we have the ability to control the operating and financial decisions and policies of that entity and record the portion we do not own as non-controlling interest. The determination of our ability to control, or exert significant influence over, an entity involves the use of judgment. We apply the equity method of accounting if we can exert significant influence over, but do not control the policies and decisions of an entity. We use the cost method of accounting if we are unable to exert significant influence over the entity.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period and disclosure of contingent liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to bad debts, investments, intangible assets and goodwill, property, plant and equipment, income taxes, employment benefits and contingent liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Fair Value

 

U. S. generally accepted accounting principles defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy categorizes assets and liabilities measured at fair value into one of three different levels depending on the observability of the inputs employed in the measurement. The three levels are as follows:

 

Level 1 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 – Other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly such as quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data and which we make our own assumptions about how market participants would price the assets and liabilities.

 

33

 

 

The following describes the valuation methodologies used by us to measure fair value:

 

Real estate held for sale is recorded at fair value less selling costs.

 

Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are recorded at carrying value and tested for impairment annually, or more frequently, using projections of undiscounted future cash flows.

 

Interest rate swaps are adjusted on a recurring basis pursuant to accounting standards for fair value measurements. We categorize our interest rate swap as Level 2 for fair value measurement.

 

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, comprise a significant portion of our total assets. We evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets if impairment indicators are present or if other circumstances indicate that impairment may exist under authoritative guidance. When management believes impairment indicators may exist, projections of the undiscounted future cash flows associated with the use of and eventual disposition of long-lived assets held for use are prepared. If the projections indicate that the carrying values of the long-lived assets are not recoverable, we reduce the carrying values to fair value. For long-lived assets held for sale, we compare the carrying values to an estimate of fair value less selling costs to determine potential impairment. We test for impairment of long-lived assets at the lowest level for which cash flows are measurable. These impairment tests are heavily influenced by assumptions and estimates that are subject to change as additional information becomes available.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

 

We consider short-term investments with an original maturity of less than three months to be cash equivalents.

 

We maintain cash accounts in major U.S. financial institutions. The terms of these deposits are on demand to minimize risk. The balances of these accounts occasionally exceed the federally insured limits, although no losses have been incurred in connection with such cash balances.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

 

We establish provisions for losses on accounts and notes receivable if we determine that we will not collect all or part of the outstanding balance. We regularly review collectability and establish or adjust our allowance as necessary using the specific identification method. We make advances to third parties under executed promissory notes for project costs related to the development of gaming and entertainment properties. Due diligence is conducted by our management with the assistance of legal counsel prior to entering into arrangements with third parties to provide financing in connection with their efforts to secure and develop the properties. Repayment terms are largely dependent upon the operating performance of each opportunity for which the funds have been loaned. Interest income is not accrued until it is reasonably assured that the project will be completed and that there will be sufficient profits from the facility to cover the interest to be earned under the respective note. If projected cash flows are not sufficient to recover amounts due, the note is evaluated to determine the appropriate discount to be recorded on the note for it to be considered a performing loan. If the note is performing, interest is recorded using the effective interest method based on the value of the discounted note balance.

 

Each reporting period we review each of our receivables to evaluate whether the collection of such receivable is still probable. In our analysis, we review the economic feasibility and the current financial, legislative and development status of the project. If our analysis indicates that the project is no longer economically feasible then the receivable would be written down to its estimated fair value.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are primarily notes receivable, cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable, and long term debt. Management performs periodic evaluations of the collectability of these notes. Our cash deposits are held with large, well-known financial institutions, and, at times, such deposits may be in excess of the federally insured limit. The recorded value of cash, accounts receivable and payable, approximate fair value based on their short term nature; the recorded value of long term debt approximates fair value as interest rates approximate current market rates.

 

Real Estate Held for Sale

 

Real estate held for sale consists of undeveloped land located in and around Black Hawk, Colorado. Property held for sale is carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. On April 8, 2013, we signed a one year option agreement, with two one year extensions to sell the land for an initial sale price of $1.1 million plus $118 per day after April 8, 2013. On April 22, 2016, we executed an amendment to the option agreement for the sale of the vacant land for a purchase price of $750,000. In connection with the transaction, we recorded a non-cash impairment of $350,000 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 within write downs and other changes on the consolidated statement of operations. We received a $75,000 down payment, which is included in other long-term liabilities on our balance sheet, and financed the balance at 5% interest only, with interest payable monthly, and a balloon payment of $675,000 due April 30, 2019. The transaction was accounted for under the deposit method, recording the down payment as a liability and deferring the recognition of the sale until the buyer’s investment is at least 20% of the initial purchase price.

 

34

 

 

Property and Equipment

 

Expenditures for property and equipment are capitalized at cost. We depreciate property and equipment over their respective estimated useful lives, ranging from three to thirty years, using the straight-line method. When items are retired or otherwise disposed of, a gain or loss is recorded for the difference between net book value and proceeds realized. Ordinary maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings, and replacements and improvements are capitalized.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually (on April 30) or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that may reduce the fair value of our goodwill below its carrying value.

 

We review goodwill at the reporting level unit, which is the same as our operating segments. We compare the carrying value of the net assets of each reporting unit to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, based upon a multiple of estimated earnings and on a discounted cash flow method. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, an impairment indicator exists and an estimate of the impairment loss is calculated. The fair value calculation uses level 3 inputs and includes multiple assumptions and estimates, including the projected cash flows and discount rates. Changes in these assumptions and estimates could result in goodwill impairment that could materially adversely impact our financial position or results of operations. All of our goodwill is attributable to reporting units as disclosed in Note 5.  

 

Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets also comprise a significant portion of our total assets. We evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets if impairment indicators are present or if circumstances indicate that impairment may exist under authoritative guidance. When management believes impairment indicators may exist, projections of the undiscounted future cash flows associated with the use of and eventual disposition of long-lived assets held for use are prepared. If the projections indicate that the carrying value of the long-lived assets are not recoverable, we reduce the carrying values to fair value. For property held for sale, we compare the carrying values to an estimate of fair value less selling costs to determine potential impairment. We test for impairment of long-lived assets at the lowest level for which cash flows are measurable. These impairment tests are heavily influenced by assumptions and estimates that are subject to change as additional information becomes available.

 

Slot Club Awards

 

We reward our slot customers for their loyalty based on the dollar amount of play on slot machines. We accrue for these slot club awards based on an estimate of the value of the outstanding awards utilizing the age and prior history of redemptions. Future events such as a change in our marketing strategy or new competition could result in a change in the value of the awards.

 

Advertising Costs

 

We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense related primarily to our casino operations and for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, was $4.5 million and $4.2 million, respectively. These costs are included in marketing and administrative on our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We record revenues from casino operations. The retail value of food and beverage and other services furnished to guests without charge is included in gross revenue and deducted as promotional allowances. Net revenues do not include the retail amount of food, beverage and other items provided gratuitously to customers. These amounts are included in promotional allowances in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We record the redemption of coupons and points for cash as a reduction of revenue. The estimated retail value of providing such promotional allowances is as follows:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended  
    April 30, 2018     April 30, 2017  
Food and beverage   $ 6,184,733     $ 6,722,157  
Other     262,169       236,909  
Promotional allowances   $ 6,446,902     $ 6,959,066  

 

35

 

 

The estimated cost of providing such complimentary services that is included in casino expense in the consolidated statements of operations was as follows:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended  
    April 30, 2018     April 30, 2017  
Food and beverage   $ 5,771,698     $ 6,112,343  
Other     243,899       222,886  
Total cost of complimentary services   $ 6,015,597     $ 6,335,229  

 

Accrued Jackpot Liability

 

We accrue slot jackpot liability as games are played under a matching concept of coin-in. We also maintain accrued player-supported jackpot liabilities. Player-supported jackpot is a progressive game of chance, allowed in Washington State, directly related to the play or outcome of an authorized non-house-banked card game separately funded by our patrons. Any jackpots hit in these card games are paid from such reserved funds.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on anticipated future tax consequences, using currently enacted tax laws, attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. We record current income taxes based on our current taxable income, and we provide for deferred income taxes to reflect estimated future tax payments and receipts. We account for tax credits under the flow-through method, which reduces the provision for income taxes in the year the tax credits first become available. We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when, based on our estimates, it is more likely than not that a portion of those assets will not be realized in a future period.

 

We recognize the impact of uncertain tax positions in our financial statements only if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon examination by the taxing authority. Should interest and penalty be incurred as a result of a review of our income tax returns, we will record the interest and penalty in accordance with applicable guidance.

 

Stock-Based Compensation  

 

Under ASC Topic 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation ,” the fair value and compensation expense of each option award is estimated as of the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing formula. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of our stock over a preceding period commensurate with the expected term of the option. The expected term of the option is an estimate of the time that the option is expected to be outstanding and is based on our historical experience. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected dividend yield was not considered in the option pricing formula since we historically have not paid dividends and have no current plans to do so in the future. Compensation cost for grants of the Company’s stock are based on the shares granted and the market price at the date of the grant.

 

The compensation cost related to these share-based awards is recognized over the requisite service period. The requisite service period is generally the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. Total stock-based compensation for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, was $104,140 and $124,279, respectively.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Earnings per share, both basic and diluted, are presented on the consolidated statement of operations. Basic earnings per common share amounts are calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share assumes the exercise of all stock options having exercise prices less than the average market price of the common stock using the “treasury stock method” and for convertible debt securities using the “if converted method”.

 

Accrued Contingent Liabilities

 

We assess our exposure to loss contingencies including legal matters. If a potential loss is justified, probable and able to be quantified, we will provide for the exposure. If the actual loss from a contingency differs from management’s estimate, operating results could be impacted. As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, we did not record any accrued contingent liabilities.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

We have managed our market risk, including interest rate risk associated with variable rate borrowings, through balancing fixed-rate and variable-rate borrowings with the use of derivative financial instruments. The fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets or liabilities at each balance sheet date, with changes in fair value affecting net income. The Company’s interest rate swap did not qualify for hedge accounting. Accordingly, change in the fair value of the interest rate swap is presented as a change in fair value of swaps in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

36

 

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended accounting guidance that changes the accounting for leases and requires expanded disclosures about leasing activities. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, measured on a discounted basis, at the commencement date for all leases with terms greater than twelve months. Lessor accounting will remain largely unchanged, other than certain targeted improvements intended to align lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and with the updated revenue recognition guidance. Lessees and lessors must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The amended guidance is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2018, and early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its financial position and results of operations.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued a new accounting standard for revenue recognition which requires entities to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard supersedes the existing accounting guidance for revenue recognition, including industry-specific guidance, and amends certain accounting guidance for recognition of gains and losses on the transfer of non-financial assets. For public companies, the new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2017.

 

The Company will adopt the standard as of May 1, 2018 and will follow the modified retrospective approach. The accompanying financial statements and related disclosures do not reflect the effects of the new revenue standard. The Company is finalizing the assessment of the effects of the standard on its consolidated financial statements and will begin reporting under the new guidance in its consolidated financial statements for the first quarter of fiscal 2019. The quantitative effects of these changes are not expected to be material and are still being analyzed.

 

The Company’s current presentation, which reports the retail value of services provided to customers without charge as revenues with a corresponding contra amount deducted as promotional allowances, will no longer be allowed under the new revenue standard. Upon adoption of the new guidance, revenues will be allocated among the Company’s departmental classifications based on the relative standalone selling prices of the goods and services provided to guests. The Company currently anticipates that this methodology will result in a reduction of reported gaming revenues by an amount equivalent to reported promotional allowance revenues, with no change to total net revenues.

 

Currently, the Company estimates the cost of fulfilling the redemption of rewards earned through customer loyalty programs based upon the cost of historical redemptions. Upon adoption of the new guidance, the Company will account for the rewards using a deferred revenue model for the classification and timing of revenue recognized as well as the classification of related expenses when player rewards are redeemed. The impact of this change in accounting is not expected to be material to any annual accounting period.

 

Historically, and in accordance with prior guidance, the Company reported the expense for amounts paid to operators of wide area progressive games as contra-revenues. Upon adoption of the new guidance, these payments will be reported as an operating expense. The impact of this classification change will be to increase our gaming revenues and gaming expenses by equal amounts.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-04 ("ASU 2017-04") "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Accounting for Goodwill Impairment." ASU 2017-04 removes the requirement to perform a hypothetical purchase price allocation to measure goodwill impairment. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after 15 December 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the second quarter of fiscal 2018 with no material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

A variety of proposed or otherwise potential accounting guidance is currently under study by standard-setting organizations and certain regulatory agencies. Due to the tentative and preliminary nature of such proposed accounting guidance, the Company has not yet determined the effect, if any, that the implementation of such proposed accounting guidance would have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 3.    Restricted Cash

 

As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, we maintained $2.4 million and $2.0 million respectively, in restricted cash, which consists of progressive and player-supported jackpot funds for our Washington operations.

 

37

 

 

Note 4.    Notes Receivable  

 

G Investments, LLC

 

As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, we had a note receivable of $0 and $390,368, respectively, with no valuation allowance, due from G Investments, LLC resulting from the sale of the Colorado Grande Casino on May 25, 2012. The initial amount was $2,300,000, requiring $40,000 monthly payments, bearing interest at 6% per annum through the amended maturity date of February of 2018, and was secured with the assets of the Colorado Grande Casino, pledge of membership interest in G Investments, LLC (“GI”), and a personal guaranty by GI’s principal. This note receivable was paid as of February 2018.

 

RSM Partners, LLC

 

We owned approximately 268 acres of undeveloped land in the vicinity of Black Hawk and Central City, Colorado. On April 22, 2016, we executed an agreement for the sale of the vacant land for a purchase price of $750,000. We received a $75,000 down payment, which is included in other long-term liabilities on our balance sheet, and financed the balance at 5% interest only, with interest payable monthly, and a balloon payment of $675,000 due April 30, 2019. The transaction was accounted for under the deposit method, recording the down payment as a liability and deferring the recognition of the sale and the note receivable until the buyer’s investment is at least 20% of the initial purchase price.

 

Note 5.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

In connection with our acquisitions of the Washington mini-casinos on May 12, 2009, July 23, 2010 and July 18, 2011, the South Dakota slot route on January 27, 2012, and the Club Fortune Casino in Nevada on December 1, 2015, we have goodwill and intangible assets of $20,421,367, net of amortization for intangible assets with finite lives.

 

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill and other intangibles for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018, is as follows:

 

                Other  
    Total     Goodwill     Intangibles, net  
Balance as of April 30, 2017   $ 21,030,916     $ 16,923,588     $ 4,107,328  
Current year amortization     (491,692 )     -       (491,692 )
Impairment of South Dakota     (117,857 )     -       (117,857 )
Balance as of April 30, 2018   $ 20,421,367     $ 16,923,588     $ 3,497,779  

 

Goodwill and net intangibles assets by segment as of April 30, 2018, are as follows:

 

                Other  
    Total     Goodwill     Intangibles, net  
Washington   $ 15,969,136     $ 14,092,154     $ 1,876,982  
Nevada     4,039,727       2,831,434       1,208,293  
Corporate     412,504       -       412,504  
Total   $ 20,421,367     $ 16,923,588     $ 3,497,779  

 

Intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight line basis over the useful lives of the assets. State gaming registration and trade names are not amortizable. A summary of intangible assets and accumulated amortization as of April 30, 2018, are as follows:

 

    Gross              
    Carrying     Accumulated        
    Amount     Amortization     Net  
Customer relationships   $ 8,555,464     $ (8,003,578 )   $ 551,886  
Non-compete agreements     1,379,000       (1,357,611 )     21,389  
State gaming registration     412,504       -       412,504  
Trade names     2,512,000       -       2,512,000  
Total   $ 12,858,968     $ (9,361,189 )   $ 3,497,779  

 

A summary of intangible assets and accumulated amortization as of April 30, 2017, are as follows:

 

    Gross              
    Carrying     Accumulated        
    Amount     Amortization     Net  
Customer relationships   $ 8,673,321     $ (7,548,552 )   $ 1,124,769  
Non-compete agreements     1,379,000       (1,320,945 )     58,055  
State gaming registration     412,504       -       412,504  
Trade names     2,512,000       -       2,512,000  
Total   $ 12,976,825     $ (8,869,497 )   $ 4,107,328  

 

38

 

 

The remaining weighted average useful life of acquired intangibles is 4.3 years for customer relationships and 0.6 years for non-compete agreements.  Amortization expense for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 was $491,692 and $871,707, respectively. The estimated future annual amortization of intangible assets, which excludes trade names and State gaming registration, is as follows:

 

Fiscal year   Amount  
2019   $ 153,513  
2020     117,143  
2021     117,143  
2022     117,143  
2023     68,333  
Total   $ 573,275  

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of net assets acquired. At April 30, 2017, our goodwill impairment analysis resulted in a non-cash $1.1 million impairment of goodwill relating to our South Dakota operations. At April 30, 2018, we performed a goodwill impairment analysis of our Washington and Nevada operations and determined no impairment charge to goodwill was required. A recoverability test of our long-lived assets resulted in a $117,857 impairment charge to South Dakota’s customer relationships, bringing the net balance of South Dakota’s customer relationships to zero as of April 30, 2018.

 

Note 6.    Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment at April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017 consist of the following:

 

                Estimated
    April 30,     April 30,     Service Life
    2018     2017     in Years
Leasehold improvements   $ 1,750,367     $ 1,556,824     7-20
Gaming equipment     5,332,453       5,300,898     3-5
Furniture and office equipment     4,648,998       4,506,639     3-7
Building and improvements     7,803,486       7,762,201     15-39
Land     2,387,750       2,387,750      
Construction in Progress     149,509       80,023      
      22,072,563       21,594,335      
Less accumulated depreciation     (9,260,152 )     (7,635,620 )    
                     
Property and equipment, net   $ 12,812,411     $ 13,958,715      

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 was $1.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

 

A recoverability test of our long-lived assets resulted in a $240,950 impairment charge to South Dakota’s property and equipment, bringing the net balance of South Dakota’s property and equipment to zero as of April 30, 2018.

 

Note 7.    Income Taxes  

 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”) was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act reduces the US federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%. At April 30, 2018, we have not completed our accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Act. However, in certain cases as described below, we have made a reasonable estimate of the effects on our existing deferred tax balances. For any amounts we have not been able to make a reasonable estimate, we will continue to account for those items based on our existing accounting under ASC 740 Income Taxes, and the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately prior to enactment. In all cases, we will continue to make and refine our calculations as additional analysis is completed. In addition, our estimates may also be affected as we gain a more thorough understanding of the tax law. The Company provisionally remeasured its net deferred tax assets to incorporate the future lower corporate tax rate resulting in a $230 thousand reduction to net deferred tax assets.

 

Given the significance of the legislation, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 118 (SAB 118), which allows registrants to record provisional amounts during a one year “measurement period” similar to that used when accounting for business combinations. However, the measurement period is deemed to have ended earlier when the registrant has obtained, prepared, and analyzed the information necessary to finalize its accounting. During the measurement period, impacts of the law are expected to be recorded at the time a reasonable estimate for all or a portion of the effects can be made, and provisional amounts can be recognized and adjusted as information becomes available, prepared, or analyzed. SAB 118 summarizes a three-step process to be applied at each reporting period to account for and qualitatively disclose: (1) the effects of the change in tax law for which accounting is complete; (2) provisional amounts (or adjustments to provisional amounts) for the effects of the tax law where accounting is not complete, but that a reasonable estimate has been determined; and (3) a reasonable estimate cannot yet be made and therefore taxes are reflected in accordance with law prior to the enactment of the Tax Act.

 

39

 

 

Several provisions of the Tax Act have significant impact on our U.S. tax attributes, generally consisting of credits, loss carry-forwards, and reserved notes. Although we have made a reasonable estimate of the gross amounts of the attributes disclosed, the Company is continuing to analyze certain aspects of the Tax Act and is refining its calculations which could potentially affect the measurements of these balances or potentially give rise to new deferred tax amounts. Other significant provisions that are not yet effective, but may impact income taxes in future years, include: limitation on the current deductibility of net interest expense in excess of 30 percent of adjusted taxable income and a limitation of net operating losses generated after December 31, 2017 to 80 percent of taxable income.

 

Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on anticipated future tax consequences, using currently enacted tax laws, attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. We record current income taxes based on our current taxable income, and we provide for deferred income taxes to reflect estimated future tax payments and receipts. We account for tax credits under the flow-through method, which reduces the provision for income taxes in the year the tax credits first become available. We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when, based on our estimates, it is more likely than not that a portion of those assets will not be realized in a future period.

 

We recognize the impact of uncertain tax positions in our financial statements only if that position is more likely than not of not being sustained upon examination by the taxing authority. Should interest and penalty be incurred as a result of a review of our income tax returns, we will record the interest and penalty in accordance with applicable guidance.

 

A summary of our deferred tax assets and liabilities is presented in the table below:

 

    April 30, 2018     April 30, 2017  
Deferred tax assets:                
Net operating loss carryforwards   $ 1,376,229     $ 345,678  
Tax credit carryforwards     494,675       437,896  
Stock options     149,376       246,726  
Impairment of notes receivable and land     -       2,101,288  
Revenue not recognized for tax reporting and other     118,063       187,770  
Accrued expenses     61,308       104,580  
Other     -       15,396  
Total deferred tax assets     2,199,651       3,439,334  
Deferred tax liabilities:                
Amortization of intangibles     (1,151,037 )     (1,404,551 )
Fixed assets     (190,769 )     (263,072 )
Prepaid expenses     (130,826 )     (214,241 )
Other     (22,975 )     -  
Total deferred tax liabilities     (1,495,607 )     (1,881,864 )
Net deferred tax assets   $ 704,044     $ 1,557,470  

 

At April 30, 2017, we had $6.3 million ($2.1 million tax effected) in note receivables that were fully reserved for book purposes, which were written off for income tax in fiscal 2018. We have deferred tax assets of approximately $0.4 million related to general business credits and $0.1 million related to Alternative Minimum Tax credits. The net operating losses and general business credits can be carried forward and applied to offset taxable income for 20 years; they will begin to expire in 2035. The Alternative Minimum Tax credit can be carried forward indefinitely and will offset future regular tax liabilities.

 

We have analyzed our income tax filing positions in all jurisdictions and believe our income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and do not anticipate any adjustments which will result in a material change to our financial position. As of the time of this filing, no income tax examinations are currently being undertaken by any jurisdiction.

 

40

 

 

Reconciliations between the weighted average statutory federal income tax expense rate of 29.7% in the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 and 34.0% for the fiscal year ended 2017, and our effective income tax rate as a percentage of pre-tax book income, is as follows:

 

    Year Ended  
    April 30, 2018     April 30, 2017  
    Percent     Dollars     Percent     Dollars  
                         
Income tax expense at statutory federal rate     29.7     $ 647,091       34.0     $ 460,630  
Change in tax rate     10.6       229,904       -       -  
Impairment of nondeductible goodwill     -       -       27.6       374,500  
Non-deductible expenses     2.3       50,475       2.8       37,933  
Utilization of general business credits     (2.5 )     (55,551 )     (6.3 )     (85,187 )
Adjustment to deferred balances     (0.8 )     (16,421 )     -       -  
Tax return to provision adjustments     (0.1 )     (2,072 )     0.2       2,953  
Income tax expense at effective income tax rate     39.2     $ 853,426       58.3     $ 790,829  

 

Note 8.    Long-Term Debt  

 

Our long-term financing obligations for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, are as follows:

 

    April 30,     April 30,  
    2018     2017  
$23.0 million reducing revolving credit agreement, LIBOR plus an applicable margin (4.43% at April 30, 2018), $625,000 quarterly reductions beginning January 31, 2016 through November 30, 2020, and the remaining principal due on the maturity date of November 30, 2020, net of accumulated debt issuance costs of $104,760 and $238,589 at April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.   $ 7,895,240     $ 12,061,411  
Less: current portion     -       -  
Total long-term financing obligations   $ 7,895,240     $ 12,061,411  

 

On November 30, 2015, the Company amended its existing credit agreement with Mutual of Omaha Bank (“MOOB”) to increase the lending commitment to $23.0 million.  The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Facility”) matures on November 30, 2020, and is secured by liens on substantially all of the real and personal property of the Company and its subsidiaries. The interest rate on the borrowing is based on LIBOR plus an Applicable Margin, determined quarterly beginning April 1, 2016, based on the total leverage ratio for the trailing twelve month period. The Applicable Margin at April 30, 2018 was 2.50%. In addition, the Company was required to fix the interest rate on at least 50% of the credit facility through a swap agreement.

 

As of April 30, 2018, scheduled principal payments on the Credit Facility are as follows:

 

May 1, 2018 – April 30, 2019   $ -  
May 1, 2019 – April 30, 2020     -  
May 1, 2020 – November 30, 2020     8,000,000  
Total payments     8,000,000  
Unamortized debt discount     (104,760 )
Total long-term debt   $ 7,895,240  

 

The unamortized debt discount above consists of debt issuance costs paid directly to the lender. The discount is amortized using the effective interest rate method over the period of the Credit Facility through interest expense.

 

On July 12, 2017, the Company borrowed $700,000 on the credit line. During the year ended April 30, 2018, we paid $5,000,000 to reduce the outstanding balance of the Credit Facility. As of April 30, 2018, the Company had $8,682,777 available to borrow on the reducing revolving credit agreement.

 

The Credit Facility contains customary covenants for a facility of this nature, including, but not limited to, covenants requiring the preservation and maintenance of the Company’s assets and covenants restricting our ability to merge, transfer ownership, incur additional indebtedness, encumber assets and make certain investments.  The Credit Facility also contains covenants requiring the Company to maintain certain financial ratios including a maximum total leverage ratio ranging from 2.75 to 1.00 from February 1, 2017 through January 31, 2018, and 2.50 to 1.00 from February 1, 2018 until maturity; and lease adjusted fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.15 to 1.00. We are in compliance with the covenant requirements of the Credit Facility as of April 30, 2018.

 

41

 

 

Note 9.   Interest Rate Swap

 

We are required by the Credit Facility to have a secured interest rate swap for at least 50% of the Credit Facility commitment. On December 28, 2015, the Company entered into a swap transaction with Mutual of Omaha Bank, which has a calculation period as of the tenth day of each month through the maturity date of the Credit Facility. As of April 30, 2018, the Company had one outstanding interest rate swap with MOOB with a notional amount of $8,375,000 at a swap rate of 1.77%, which as of April 30, 2018, effectively converts $8,375,000 of our floating-rate debt to a synthetic fixed rate of 4.27%. Under the terms of the swap agreement, the Company pays a fixed rate of 1.77% and receives variable rate based on one-month LIBOR as of the first day of each floating-rate calculation period. Under the International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) confirmation, the floating index as of April 30, 2018 is set at 1.9285%.

 

The Company did not designate the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge and the interest rate swap did not qualify for hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815. Changes in our interest rate swap fair value are recorded in our consolidated statements of operations. Each quarter, the Company receives fair value statements from the counterparty, MOOB. The fair value of the interest rate swap is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of the derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including forward interest rate curves. To comply with the provisions of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, the Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. As a result of our evaluation of our interest rate swap, we recorded a $171,018 increase in our interest rate swap fair value for the year ended April 30, 2018. As of April 30, 2018 and 2017, our interest rate swap fair value was an asset of $134,672 and a liability of $36,346, respectively, which is included in other assets as of April 30, 2018 and other long-term liabilities as of April 30, 2017 on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Note 10. Equity Transactions and Stock Option Plans  

 

We have obligations under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”). On April 14, 2009, our shareholders approved the 2009 Plan providing for the granting of awards to our directors, officers, employees and independent contractors. The number of common stock shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan is 1,750,000 shares. The 2009 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors. The Committee has complete discretion under the plan regarding the vesting and service requirements, exercise price and other conditions. Under the 2009 Plan, the Committee is authorized to grant the following types of awards:

 

· Stock Options including Incentive Stock Options (“ISO”),
· Options not intended to qualify as ISOs,
· Stock Appreciation Rights, and
· Restricted Stock Grants.

 

Our practice has been to issue new or treasury shares upon the exercise of stock options. Stock option rights granted under the 2009 Plan generally have 5 or 10 year terms and vest in two or three equal annual installments, with some options grants providing for immediate vesting for a portion of the grant.

 

In October of 2017 and 2016, the Committee granted stock to the board of directors as $10,000 per director in annual compensation paid in the form of a stock grant. The Committee also granted 57,000 and 12,000 shares of restricted stock in October 2017 and April 2017, respectively, to certain management, both to vest over three years. A summary of stock grant activity under our share-based payment plans for the years ended April 30, 2017 and 2018, is presented below:

 

For the year ended April 30, 2017  
Grants   Shares     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Value (per
share)
 
Unvested at beginning of year     12,600     $ 1.69  
Issued     51,774     $ 1.86  
Vested     (43,974 )   $ 1.75  
Forfeited     -          
Unvested at end of year     20,400     $ 1.98  

 

42

 

 

For the year ended April 30, 2018  
Grants   Shares     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Value (per
share)
 
Unvested at beginning of year     20,400     $ 1.98  
Issued     83,430     $ 2.27  
Vested     (34,630 )   $ 2.19  
Forfeited     -          
Unvested at end of year     69,200     $ 2.23  

 

As of April 30, 2018, there was $120,577 of unamortized compensation cost related to stock grants, which is expected to be recognized over approximately 2.4 years.

 

A summary of stock option activity under our share-based payment plans for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 is presented below:

 

                Weighted        
          Weighted     Average        
          Average     Remaining     Aggregate  
          Exercise     Contractual     Intrinsic  
    Shares     Price     Term (Year)     Value  
Outstanding at April 30, 2016     705,000     $ 1.10                  
Granted     -       -                  
Exercised     (11,500 )   $ 1.41                  
Forfeited or expired     -       -                  
Outstanding at April 30, 2017     693,500     $ 1.10       5.26     $ 779,300  
                                 
Exercisable at April 30, 2017     693,500     $ 1.10       5.26     $ 779,300  
                                 
                                 
Outstanding at April 30, 2017     693,500     $ 1.10                  
Granted     -       -                  
Exercised     (17,500 )   $ 0.82                  
Forfeited or expired     -       -                  
Outstanding at April 30, 2018     676,000     $ 1.10       4.26     $ 660,160  
                                 
Exercisable at April 30, 2018     676,000     $ 1.10       4.26     $ 660,160  
                                 
Available for grant at April 30, 2018     507,611                          

 

Compensation cost for stock options granted is based on the fair value of each award, measured by applying the Black-Scholes model. As of April 30, 2018, there was no unamortized compensation cost related to stock options.

 

Treasury Stock

 

In July 2016, our board of directors approved a $2.0 million stock repurchase program to purchase our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time, in compliance with Rule 10b-18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, loan covenants and other factors. In July 2017, the board of directors authorized an additional $2.0 million for future stock purchases. The repurchase plan does not obligate the Company to acquire any specified number or value of common stock. During the year ended April 30, 2018, the Company repurchased 788,301 shares at a weighted average price of $2.16 per share, costing $1,700,291. During the year ended April 30, 2017, the Company repurchased 296,665 shares at a weighted average price per share of $1.89, costing $561,606. As of April 30, 2018, $1.7 million remains available under the share repurchase authorization.

 

Warrants

 

On November 7, 2011, we closed on the sale of 2,625,652 shares of our common stock to certain investors through a registered direct offering. In addition, for each share of our common stock purchased by an investor, we issued to such investor a warrant to purchase 0.75 shares of our common stock. The warrants had an exercise price of $2.18 per share and were exercisable for five years from the initial exercise date. During the first week of May 2017, warrants were exercised in cashless transactions and the Company issued 36,689 shares as a result. The remaining warrants expired on May 7, 2017.

 

Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies  

 

We are party to contracts in the ordinary course of business, including leases for real property and operating leases for equipment.

 

43

 

 

The expected remaining future annual minimum lease payments as of April 30, 2018 are as follows:

 

Fiscal Year   Total  
       
2019   $ 3,327,044  
2020     3,218,244  
2021     3,178,258  
2022     2,402,724  
2023     808,697  
Thereafter     716,780  
    $ 13,651,747  

 

Total rent expense for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017 was $3,490,908 and $3,404,302, respectively.

 

We indemnified our officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the director or officer is or was serving at our request in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification obligations is unlimited; however, we have a Directors and Officers Liability Insurance policy that limits our exposure and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid, provided that such insurance policy provides coverage.

 

Note 12. Earnings Per Share

 

The following is presented as a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended  
    April 30,
2018
    April 30,
2017
 
Numerator:                
Basic and diluted:                
Net income   $ 1,323,425     $ 563,964  
                 
Denominator:                
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding     16,985,532       17,688,229  
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding     17,350,402       17,990,524  
                 
Income per share for continuing operations:                
Net income per common share – basic and diluted   $ 0.08     $ 0.03  

   

Note 13. Segment Reporting  

 

We have three business segments: (i) Washington, (ii) South Dakota, and (iii) Nevada, as well as the Company’s corporate location. For the year ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, the Washington segment consists of the Washington mini-casinos, the South Dakota segment consists of our slot route operation in South Dakota, the Nevada segment consists of Club Fortune casino and Corporate includes the land held for sale in Colorado and its taxes and maintenance expenses. Corporate also includes corporate-related items, results of insignificant operations, and income and expenses not allocated to other reportable segments.

 

44

 

  

Summarized financial information for our reportable segments is shown in the following table.

  

    As of, and for the Year Ended,  April 30, 2018  
    Washington     South Dakota     Nevada     Corporate     Totals  
                               
Net revenue   $ 54,415,031     $ 6,579,494     $ 13,558,001     $ -     $ 74,552,526  
Casino and food and beverage expense     29,235,661       5,887,792       8,154,549       -       43,278,002  
Marketing and administrative and corporate expense     16,845,756       496,426       3,373,352       3,009,735       23,725,269  
Facility and other expenses     1,810,881       89,886       314,087       -       2,214,854  
Depreciation and amortization     586,020       345,868       1,412,725       26,139       2,370,752  
Operating income (loss)     5,928,963       (599,398 )     303,288       (3,035,874 )     2,596,979  
Assets     28,637,877       1,019,362       15,823,139       3,642,718       49,123,096  
Purchase of property and equipment     686,349       107,032       157,992       32,195       983,568  

 

    As of, and for the Year Ended, April 30, 2017  
    Washington     South Dakota     Nevada     Corporate     Totals  
                               
Net revenue   $ 54,259,258     $ 6,728,808     $ 13,470,883     $ -     $ 74,458,949  
Casino and food and beverage expense     28,868,415       5,980,534       7,833,768       -       42,682,717  
Marketing and administrative and corporate expense     16,512,236       458,629       3,781,238       2,719,003       23,471,106  
Facility and other expenses     1,888,328       126,706       319,206       -       2,334,240  
Depreciation and amortization     951,960       552,373       1,491,521       25,426       3,021,280  
Operating income (loss)     6,031,378       (1,502,353 )     (13,645 )     (2,744,429 )     1,770,951  
Assets     28,303,228       1,751,461       17,337,408       5,425,416       52,817,513  
Purchase of property and equipment     344,963       37,474       606,672       55,188       1,044,297  

 

Note 14. Related Party Transactions  

 

The Company paid $10,200 during both fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, in accordance with Club Fortune entering into a ground lease agreement with Gaming Ventures Las Vegas, Inc., the previous owner of Club Fortune, which is owned by a shareholder who owns over 5% of the Company. The Company paid $204,923 and $200,715 during the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, in accordance with a consulting agreement with the same shareholder.

 

We are required to obtain approval from the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors for any related party transactions. The Audit Committee is comprised of independent directors.

 

Note 15.   Subsequent Events  

 

On June 27, 2018, the Company announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to sell its Club Fortune Casino in Henderson, Nevada to Truckee Gaming, LLC for $14.6 million, subject to certain adjustments, including a working capital adjustment. The transaction, which received lender consent, is subject to customary closing conditions, including approvals of the Nevada Gaming Control Board and Commission, and is expected to close in late 2018. Following the consummation of the Club Fortune sale, Nevada Gold intends to close its Las Vegas corporate office and move its corporate headquarters to its Washington Gold office in the Seattle, Washington area.  The Company expects to reduce its corporate overhead by approximately $1.2 million as a result.

 

On June 30, 2018, the Company sold its South Dakota route operations to Michael J. Trucano for $400,000. The sale included all fixtures, equipment, trade names, and operating agreements used in connection with the business, but excluded all cash in excess of $400,000. The proceeds from the sale and the excess cash that was used in the working capital of the route operations will be used to reduce the outstanding debt of the Company by approximately $650,000.

 

45

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is dated May 1, 2018, by and between Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), and Michael P. Shaunnessy (“ Employee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Employee entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated July 19, 2016 (the “ Employment Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS , the parties desire to make a clarifying amendment to the Employment Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.       The second sentence of Section 5(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“In such case, Employer shall pay the Annual Salary to Employee for a twelve month period following termination of employment plus a pro rata performance bonus and accrued but unused vacation as of the date of termination. If Employee timely elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended (“COBRA”) for Employee and his eligible dependents the Company will monthly reimburse Employee for the COBRA premiums for such coverage for twelve months from the date of termination (the “Continuation Benefit”).”

 

2.       The second sentence of Section 5(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“In the event of such a termination, Employer shall pay to Employee in a lump sum (i) an amount equal to twelve months Annual Salary, (ii) a pro rata performance bonus and (iii) accrued but unused vacation as of the date of termination. In addition, Employee will be entitled to the Continuation Benefit.”

 

3.       All other terms of the Employment Agreement shall remain in effect.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

  THE COMPANY:
   
  NEVADA GOLD & CASINOS, INC.
   
  BY:           
   
  EMPLOYEE:
   
   
  Michael P. Shaunnessy

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is dated May 1, 2018, by and between Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), and James D. Meier (“ Employee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Employee entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated July 19, 2016 (the “ Employment Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS , the parties desire to make a clarifying amendment to the Employment Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.           The second sentence of Section 5(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“In such case, Employer shall pay the Annual Salary to Employee for a twelve month period following termination of employment plus a pro rata performance bonus and accrued but unused vacation as of the date of termination. If Employee timely elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended (“COBRA”) for Employee and his eligible dependents the Company will monthly reimburse Employee for the COBRA premiums for such coverage for twelve months from the date of termination (the “Continuation Benefit”).”

 

2.          The second sentence of Section 5(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“In the event of such a termination, Employer shall pay to Employee in a lump sum (i) an amount equal to twelve months Annual Salary, (ii) a pro rata performance bonus and (iii) accrued but unused vacation as of the date of termination. In addition, Employee will be entitled to the Continuation Benefit.”

 

3.          All other terms of the Employment Agreement shall remain in effect.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

  THE COMPANY:
   
  NEVADA GOLD & CASINOS, INC.
   
  BY:            
   
  EMPLOYEE:
   
   
  James D. Meier

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is dated May 1, 2018, by and between Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), and Victor H. Mena (“ Employee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Employee entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated February 1, 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS , the parties desire to make a clarifying amendment to the Employment Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.          The second sentence of Section 5(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“In such case, Employer shall pay the Annual Salary to Employee for a twelve month period following termination of employment plus a pro rata performance bonus and accrued but unused vacation as of the date of termination. If Employee timely elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended (“COBRA”) for Employee and his eligible dependents the Company will monthly reimburse Employee for the COBRA premiums for such coverage for twelve months from the date of termination (the “Continuation Benefit”).”

 

2.          The second sentence of Section 5(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“In the event of such a termination, Employer shall pay to Employee in a lump sum (i) an amount equal to twelve months Annual Salary, (ii) a pro rata performance bonus and (iii) accrued but unused vacation as of the date of termination. In addition, Employee will be entitled to the Continuation Benefit.”

 

3.           All other terms of the Employment Agreement shall remain in effect.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

  THE COMPANY:
   
  NEVADA GOLD & CASINOS, INC.
   
  BY:            
   
  EMPLOYEE:
   
   
  Victor H. Mena

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is dated May 1, 2018, by and between Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), and Ernest E. East (“ Employee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Employee entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated April 14, 2011 (the “ Employment Agreement ”) and a certain Letter Agreement dated April 2, 2018 that temporarily amends such Employment Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the parties desire to make a clarifying amendment to the Employment Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.        The second sentence of Section 4(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“In such case, Employer shall pay the Annual Salary to Employee for a twelve month period following termination of employment plus a pro rata performance bonus and accrued but unused vacation as of the date of termination. If Employee timely elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended (“COBRA”) for Employee and his eligible dependents the Company will monthly reimburse Employee for the COBRA premiums for such coverage for twelve months from the date of termination (the “Continuation Benefit”).”

 

2.        The second sentence of Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“In the event of such a termination, Employer shall pay to Employee in a lump sum (i) an amount equal to twelve months Annual Salary, (ii) a pro rata performance bonus and (iii) accrued but unused vacation as of the date of termination. In addition, Employee will be entitled to the Continuation Benefit.”

 

3.        All other terms of the Employment Agreement, including the Letter Agreement, shall remain in effect.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

  THE COMPANY:
   
  NEVADA GOLD & CASINOS, INC.
   
  BY:           
     
  EMPLOYEE:
   
   
  Ernest E. East

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

April 2, 2018

 

Ernest E. East

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

133 E. Warm Springs Road

Suite 102

Las Vegas, Nevada 89119

 

Dear Ernie:

 

This letter agreement sets forth the mutual understanding between Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (the “Company”) and yourself regarding a temporary change to your employment agreement dated April 14, 2011 (the “Employment Agreement”).

 

On February 15, 2018, the Company entered into a letter of intent (“LOI”) with Great Elm Capital Group (“GEC”) for GEC to acquire all of the outstanding stock of the Company (the “Transaction”). The LOI is subject to a number of contingency’s during a sixty (60) day due diligence period including GEC’s completion of business, legal and tax reviews and execution of a definitive purchase agreement and other documentation. GEC has indicated a desire to move forward expeditiously and has retained legal counsel and other advisors to assist in its review and completion of the Transaction.

 

It is the judgment of the Board of Directors and management of the Company that your participation on a full time basis is desirable to complete the Transaction. Accordingly, we have requested and you have agreed to resume your previous duties as General Counsel of the Company of a full time basis until completion of the Transaction, or notification by GEC that it no longer wishes to pursue the Transaction. During the term of your temporary assignment:

 

1: Your title shall be Vice President, General Counsel and Compliance Officer of the Company;

 

2: Effective March 15, 2018 your annual salary shall be $225,000 per annum;

 

3: The vacation, fringe benefits performance bonuses and stock option provisions of your Employment Agreement shall remain the same.

 

Upon closing, or termination, of the Transactions your Employment Contract shall immediately go back into effect, except that your annual salary shall be $90,000 per annum, consistent with the salary increase you were granted on January 1, 2016.

 

In addition, your Employment Contract and this Agreement shall be construed by the laws of the State of Nevada and may not be amended without express written consent of the parties hereto.

 

  Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.  
       
  By    
    William J. Sherlock  
    Chairman of the Board of Directors  
       
  Agreed    
    Ernest E. East  

 

133 E. Warm Springs Road, Suite 102 Ÿ Las Vegas, NV 89119 Ÿ P: 702.685.1000 Ÿ F: 702.685-1265

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

 

July 10, 2018

 

Ernest E. East

Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.

133 E. Warm Springs Road

Suite 102

Las Vegas, Nevada 89119

 

Dear Ernest:

 

Reference is made to the letter agreement dated April 2, 2018 between you and Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (the “Company”) regarding an adjustment in your compensation in connection with the preparation of a definitive purchase agreement with Great Elm Capital Group (“GEC”).

 

By mutual agreement, your continued participation as a full-time employee is necessary and desirable for an extended period beyond the completion or termination of the transaction with GEC.

 

Accordingly, your compensation shall remain at $225,000 per annum until notification by the Company. After such notification your base compensation shall return to $90,000 per annum as previously established by the Board of Directors.

 

    Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.
     
  By  
    William J. Sherlock
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
  Agreed  
    Ernest E. East

 

133 E. Warm Springs Road, Suite 102 Ÿ Las Vegas, NV 89119 Ÿ P: 702.685.1000 Ÿ F: 702.685-1265

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into effective the 23rd day of May, 2018, by and between A.G. TRUCANO, SON AND GRANDSONS, INC. , a South Dakota corporation, of 155 Sherman Street, Deadwood, SD 57732-1563, hereinafter referred to as ‘ Seller ”; and, MICHAEL J. TRUCANO of Deadwood, SD 57732, subject to his right to assign this Agreement prior to closing, hereinafter referred to as " Buyer ”.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

Seller, is the owner of the business known as “ A.G. TRUCANO, SON & GRANDSONS ” located at 155 Sherman Street, Deadwood, SD 57732. The purpose of this Agreement is to provide for a sale and transfer of all assets of the Seller, ordinarily and necessarily utilized in the operation of Seller’s business in Deadwood, South Dakota, but excluding all cash in excess of $400,000 utilized in the business, on the following terms and conditions:

 

1. Asset Purchase: Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller and Seller agrees to sell to Buyer all assets of said business, including but not limited to goodwill, business name and telephone number, supplies, fixtures, equipment, personal property, $400,000 in cash and other assets used in connection with the normal and day to day operations of the business, including, but not limited to the assets, as more fully described on the Bill of Sale, Exhibit “A”.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, all cash utilized in the operation of the business in excess of $400,000 shall be retained by Seller.

 

2. Purchase Price and Payment : The total purchase price for the Property shall be the sum of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000). The full balance shall be payable on closing.

 

3. Contingency: The sale and closing of this transaction shall be subject to receipt by Buyer of all Regulatory approvals necessary to operate the business.

 

4. Closing and Possession : Closing shall occur at the close of business on June 30, 2018 subject to the approval of the South Dakota Commission on Gaming. Possession of all assets shall be delivered to the Buyer at closing; provided, however, if closing of the transaction contemplated herein has not occurred by June 30, 2018 this agreement shall be terminated and of no further force and effect.

 

5. Buyer’s Representations: Buyer represents:

 

a. Buyer is accepting the Property herein described "as is" and "where is" and is relying upon its personal inspection and knowledge of the Property herein described, and not upon any representations or warranties of Seller, expressly or impliedly made by Seller, except as set forth below;

 

Asset Purchase Agreement – Final Version Initials   
A.G. Trucano, Son & Grandsons, Inc. / Michael J. Trucano __________/ _______
Page 1    AGTS&G     MJT

 

 

 

 

b. No representations have been made to Buyer by Seller concerning the projected gross profits or projected net income of the business; and

 

c. That it shall be Buyer’s responsibility to obtain all necessary licenses to operate the business operation.

 

6. Seller’s Representations: Seller represents:

 

a. Seller guarantees to Buyer that all of the Property used and in connection with and in relation to the business herein sold is free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and security interests; and, that there are no unpaid bills or claims of creditors covering any Property described in Exhibit "A" or the business;

 

b. Seller has operated the business in compliance with all applicable laws, and has not received any notice from any governmental entity alleging any noncompliance under any applicable law;

 

c. Seller has paid all applicable social security, withholding and employment taxes, sales taxes, use taxes and all other taxes, federal, state or local, applicable to the conduct of Seller’s business, and no dispute exists as to the payment or the amount of any such taxes; and

 

d. There is no lawsuit, action or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened against the Seller, that relate to the business or Property herein transferred.

 

e. The shareholder of the Seller have approved and authorized this transaction.

 

f. The assets listed on Exhibit “A” constitute all assets used in the ordinary and necessary operations of Seller and that there are no assets used in the ordinary and necessary operation of the business which are not included in Exhibit “A” except for the retention by Seller of all cash in excess of $400,000.

 

All representations and warranties set forth herein shall survive closing.

 

7.            Transfer/Assignments : Seller shall transfer the Property to Buyer by Bill of Sale, attached hereto as Exhibit “A”. Seller shall also transfer and assign to Buyer any and all governmental permits or licenses that Buyer desires to receive subject to governmental approvals.

 

Asset Purchase Agreement – Final Version Initials   
A.G. Trucano, Son & Grandsons, Inc. / Michael J. Trucano __________/ _______
Page 2    AGTS&G     MJT

 

 

 

 

8.            Outstanding Leases and Participation Agreements: Seller shall transfer to Buyer and Buyer shall assume all of Sellers interest in any leases and participation agreements, and any other leases or contracts affecting equipment, real estate, signs or personal property used in connection with the business existing at the time of possession, as may be requested by Buyer; this specifically includes, but is not limited to, a lease between Seller and J-Mak Distributors, Inc. Buyer agrees to assume any progressive slot machine liability existing on the date of Closing. No Coin Operated Machine and Space Leases, or any other leases with customers of Seller, are transferred by Exhibit “A” and no such leases are assumed by Buyer.

 

Prior to closing, Seller shall provide notice to any Lessors that Seller, as Lessee, is exercising its right to terminate any real estate or other leases with Lessors. Seller shall provide to Buyer written confirmation and a copy of each of such notices to each active customer from whom a leasehold interest has been obtained.

 

9.            Business Name: It is understood and agreed that Buyer shall have the right to operate said business under the existing business name “A.G. TRUCANO, SON AND GRANDSONS and Seller transfers to Buyer any right, title or interest in and to the business name “ A.G. TRUCANO, SON AND GRANDSONS.”

 

10.          Hold Harmless : Seller shall pay any and all bills, sales tax, unemployment tax, taxes and governmental obligations, other obligations and indebtedness and liability claims, if any, that may be outstanding against the Property and business at the time of possession.

 

11.         Time : The parties agree that time is of the essence of this Agreement.

 

12.          Employment Arrangements: Prior to closing, Buyer shall notify Seller of any employees that Buyer will not retain in the operation of the business after closing of this Agreement. Seller shall be responsible for payment of all employee wages and benefits accrued prior to the close of business on June 30, 2018 and shall be responsible for all severance benefits for employees not retained by Buyer at closing.

 

13.          Construction: This Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota. Each party has reviewed this Agreement and has had equal opportunity for input into this Agreement. Neither party nor their respective legal counsel shall be construed to be the drafter or primary drafter of this Agreement. In the event of any dispute regarding the construction of this Agreement or any of its provisions, ambiguities or questions of interpretation shall not be construed more in favor of one party than the other; rather, questions of interpretation shall be construed equally as to each party.

 

14.          Attorney Fees and Court Costs: In the event any legal action is filed to enforce or recover under any provision of this Agreement, the prevailing party in the suit shall be entitled to recover court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees from the non-prevailing party.

 

15.          Other Documents: The parties hereby mutually agree to execute any and all other documents necessary or needed in order to effectuate the purposes of this agreement.

 

Asset Purchase Agreement – Final Version Initials   
A.G. Trucano, Son & Grandsons, Inc. / Michael J. Trucano __________/ _______
Page 3    AGTS&G     MJT

 

 

 

 

16.          Written Memorandum: This agreement constitutes a memorandum of the final meeting of the minds between the parties hereto of all prior negotiations had by the parties in reference to all matters covered herein; and, this agreement is to be binding upon the respective heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

17.          Severability of Provisions : In the event that any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision herein.

 

18.          Counterparts: This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, both of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

 

Dated this 23rd day of May, 2018.

 

A.G. TRUCANO, SON AND GRANDSONS, INC, Seller    
     
       
MICHAEL P. SHAUNNESSY,  President   MICHAEL J. TRUCANO or Assigns, Buyer

 

State of Nevada )  
  )ss.  
County of Clark )  

 

On this, the ____ day of May, 2018, before me, the undersigned Notary Public, personally appeared ________________________ who acknowledged himself to the _____________________________________________ of A.G. Trucano, Son & Grandsons, Inc. and that he, as such ___________________________________, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing document for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the Corporation, as _______________________________________.

 

In Witness Whereof , I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

   
(Seal) Notary Public
  My commission expires:   

 

Asset Purchase Agreement – Final Version Initials    
A.G. Trucano, Son & Grandsons, Inc. / Michael J. Trucano __________/ _______
Page 4    AGTS&G     MJT

 

 

 

 

State of South Dakota )  
  ) ss.  
County of Lawrence )  

 

On this _____ day of May, 2018, before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared MICHAEL J. TRUCANO, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, subject to the right of assignment, and acknowledged that he executed the same for the purposes therein contained.

 

In Witness Whereof , I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

   
  Notary Public
(Seal) My Commission Expires:   

 

Asset Purchase Agreement – Final Version Initials   
A.G. Trucano, Son & Grandsons, Inc. / Michael J. Trucano __________/ _______
Page 5    AGTS&G     MJT

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

Execution Version

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

DATED JUNE 26, 2018,

 

BY AND AMONG

 

TRUCKEE GAMING, LLC,

 

NEVADA GOLD & CASINOS LV, LLC

 

AND

 

NEVADA GOLD & CASINOS, INC.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Article 1 PURCHASED ASSETS; LIABILITIES 1
     
1.1 Purchase and Sale of Assets 1
1.2 Retained Assets 3
1.3 Assumed Liabilities 4
1.4 Retained Liabilities 5
1.5 Assignability and Consents 7
     
Article 2 PURCHASE PRICE AND DEPOSIT 7
     
2.1 Purchase Price 7
2.2 Escrow 8
2.3 Cash Count 8
2.4 Purchase Price Adjustments 8
2.5 Allocation of Purchase Price 10
2.6 Prorations 10
     
Article 3 CLOSING 10
     
3.1 Closing; Closing Date 10
3.2 Seller and Parent Closing Deliveries 11
3.3 Buyer Closing Deliveries 12
     
Article 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND PARENT 13
     
4.1 Organization, Standing and Corporate Power 13
4.2 Capitalization; Ownership Interests 13
4.3 Authority; Approvals 14
4.4 Absence of Conflicts 14
4.5 Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities 14
4.6 Absence of Certain Changes 15
4.7 Real Property 17
4.8 Tangible Personal Property 18
4.9 Inventory 18
4.10 Proceedings; Orders 18
4.11 Compliance with Laws; Permits 19
4.12 Tax Matters 20
4.13 Employment Matters 21
4.14 Employee Benefits 22
4.15 Intellectual Property 23
4.16 Systems 25
4.17 Immigration Matters 26
4.18 Insurance 26
4.19 Contracts 26
4.20 Environmental Matters 28
4.21 Suppliers 29

 

i

 

 

4.22 Sufficiency of Purchased Assets 30
4.23 Brokers 30
4.24 No other Representations and Warranties; As-Is, Where-Is 30
     
Article 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER 30
     
5.1 Organization; Standing; Corporate Power 30
5.2 Authority; Approvals 31
5.3 Absence of Conflicts 31
5.4 Proceedings 32
5.6 Brokers 32
5.7 Solvency 32
5.8 No Financing Conditions 33
     
Article 6 COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS 33
     
6.1 Conduct of Business 33
6.2 No Solicitation 36
6.3 Access to Business; Continued Due Diligence; Confidentiality 36
6.4 Reasonable Efforts; Filings; Notification 38
6.5 Certain Transactions 39
6.6 Employees 39
6.7 Repairs 41
6.8 Delivery of Financial Statements and Reports; Filings 41
     
Article 7 OTHER COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS 41
     
7.1 Public Announcement 41
7.2 Confidentiality 42
7.3 Payment of Retained Liabilities; Preservation of Corporate Existence 43
7.4 Retention of and Access to Records 44
7.5 Cooperation in Litigation 44
7.6 Use of Name 45
7.7 Further Assurances 45
     
Article 8 TAX MATTERS 45
     
8.1 Cooperation 45
8.2 Real and Personal Property Taxes 46
8.3 Conveyance Taxes 46
8.4 Other Taxes 46
     
Article 9 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING 46
     
9.1 Conditions to Buyer’s and Seller’s Obligations 46
9.2 Conditions to Buyer’s Obligations 47
9.3 Conditions to Seller’s and Parent’s Obligation 48
     
Article 10 SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION 49
     
10.1 Survival 49
10.2 Indemnification by Seller and Parent 49
10.3 Indemnification by Buyer 51
10.4 Time and Other Limitations 51

 

ii

 

 

10.5 Indemnification Procedures for Third-Party Claims 52
10.6 Indemnification Procedures for Non-Third-Party Claims 54
10.7 Effect of Investigation. 54
10.8 Satisfaction of Seller’s and Parent’s Indemnification Obligations 55
10.9 Subrogation 55
10.10 Exclusive Remedy 55
10.11 Purchase Price Adjustment 55
     
Article 11 TERMINATION 55
     
11.1 Right to Terminate 55
11.2 Effect of Termination 56
     
Article 12 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 57
     
12.1 Interpretation and Usage 57
12.2 Amendment and Modification 58
12.3 Waiver of Compliance; Consents 58
12.4 No Third-Party Beneficiaries 58
12.5 Expenses 58
12.6 Notices 59
12.7 Assignment 60
12.8 Governing Law and Venue 60
12.9 Counterparts 60
12.10 Enforcement 61
12.11 Entire Agreement 61
12.12 Severability 61
12.13 Waiver of Jury Trial 61
12.14 Guaranty 62

 

Exhibits  
   
Exhibit A Estimated Purchase Price
Exhibit B Escrow Agreement
Exhibit C Bill of Sale and Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit D Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit E Deed
Exhibit F Example Acquired Cash Calculation
Exhibit G Example EBITDA Calculation
Exhibit H Example Working Capital Calculation
   
Schedules  
   
Schedule 1.0 Definitions and Cross-References

 

iii

 

 

Seller Disclosure Schedules
   
Schedule 1.1(a) Tangible Personal Property
Schedule 1.1(c) Assigned Contracts
Schedule 1.1(d) Intellectual Property
Schedule 1.1(e) Permits
Schedule 1.1(k) Claims
Schedule 1.2(l) Retained Assets
Schedule 1.5 Non-Assignable Assets
Schedule 3.2(f) Required Consents
Schedule 4.2 Capitalization
Schedule 4.4 Conflicts
Schedule 4.5(c) Financial Statements
Schedule 4.6 Certain Changes
Schedule 4.7(a) Leased Real Property
Schedule 4.7(b) Owned Real Property
Schedule 4.7(c) Capital Expenditures
Schedule 4.8(b) Tangible Personal Property
Schedule 4.10(a) Proceedings
Schedule 4.11(a) Compliance with Laws
Schedule 4.12 Tax Matters
Schedule 4.13(d) Employees
Schedule 4.13(e) Independent Contractors
Schedule 4.14(a) Employee Benefit Plans
Schedule 4.14(e) Plan Exceptions
Schedule 4.15(a) Registered Intellectual Property
Schedule 4.15(b) IP Ownership
Schedule 4.15(g) Social Media
Schedule 4.16(a) Systems
Schedule 4.16(b) Systems Ownership
Schedule 4.17 Immigration
Schedule 4.18 Insurance
Schedule 4.19(a) Contracts
Schedule 4.19(b) Absence of Breach
Schedule 4.20 Environmental Matters
Schedule 4.20(b) Environmental Permits
Schedule 4.21 Suppliers
Schedule 4.22 Sufficiency of Assets
Schedule 6.1 Conduct of Business
Schedule 6.4(a)(v) Consents
Schedule 9.1(b) Gaming Approvals
Schedule 1.0-A Permitted Encumbrances

 

iv

 

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Asset Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of June 26, 2018 (“ Agreement Date ”), by and among Truckee Gaming, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”), Nevada Gold & Casinos LV, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Seller ”), and Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc., a Nevada corporation (“ Parent ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.         Seller owns and operates the casino, restaurant, gift shop, parking and all related facilities commonly known as Club Fortune Casino, located at 725 South Racetrack Road, Henderson, NV 89015 (collectively, the “ Business ”).

 

B.          Seller desires to sell, convey, assign and transfer to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase, acquire and accept from Seller, Seller’s interest in and to the Purchased Assets (as defined below), and Buyer desires to assume certain Liabilities related to the Purchased Assets, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

C.          Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings provided in Schedule 1.0 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

In consideration of the foregoing recitals which are incorporated herein, and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:

 

Article 1

PURCHASED ASSETS; LIABILITIES

 

1.1          Purchase and Sale of Assets . Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller will sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver to Buyer or its designated Affiliate, and Buyer will purchase and receive from Seller, free and clear of any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all assets, properties and rights of Seller used in or related to the Business or required for the continued operation of the Business by Buyer in substantially the same manner as conducted by Seller on the Agreement Date, in each case wherever located and whether or not the asset, property or right appears on Seller’s books and records, including the following (collectively, the “ Purchased Assets ”), used in or related to the Business, but in each instance specifically excluding the Retained Assets:

 

(a)          all tangible assets owned by Seller, including machinery, equipment (including gaming equipment and devices), gaming tables, tools, spare parts, transportation equipment, operating supplies, furniture and office equipment, fixtures, furnishings, artwork, utensils for kitchens, bars and restaurants, laundries, public rooms, hall and lobby equipment, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems, plumbing, electrical and refrigerating systems, elevators, escalators, communication and security plants or systems with appurtenant fixtures, uniforms, telephone systems, telecopiers, photocopiers and computer hardware, all gaming chips and tokens with respect to the Business that are branded with the name, design, logo or other similar indicia of the Business, including the chips and tokens not in circulation; including those items set forth on the attached Schedule 1.1(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules (collectively, the “ Tangible Personal Property ”);

 

 

 

 

(b)          all inventories of Seller, wherever located and whether in transit or in storage, including all finished goods, works in process, raw and packaging materials, spare and replacement parts, dice, food, beverages (including all alcohol to the extent such alcohol is permitted to be transferred to Buyer under applicable Law), cooking supplies, merchandise, gaming supplies, gaming device parts inventory, engineering, maintenance and housekeeping supplies, cleaning supplies, china, glassware, linens, silverware and similar amenities and all other materials and supplies to be used, sold, resold or distributed by Seller, together with all express or implied warranties, rights of return, rebate rights, and all other rights relating to the foregoing (collectively, the “ Inventory ”);

 

(c)          all Contracts and Leases to which Seller is a party relating to the Business, including the Contracts and Leases listed on Schedule 1.1(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules (collectively, the “ Assigned Contracts ”);

 

(d)          all Intellectual Property (other than the Parent Marks) owned by Seller (including all Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 1.1(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules ), all tangible and electronic embodiments of such Intellectual Property, the name “Club Fortune Casino” and any variants thereof used in the Business, all rights to institute or maintain any Proceeding or other action to protect such Intellectual Property or recover damages for any past or present infringement thereof, and all income, royalties, damages and payments due on or after the Closing Date with respect to such Intellectual Property (collectively, the “ Assigned IP ”);

 

(e)          all Permits, including the Permits listed on Schedule 1.1(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , to the extent permitted to be transferred to Buyer under applicable Law;

 

(f)           the Owned Real Property and Seller’s rights in the Leased Real Property, together with the buildings and improvements thereon, fixtures related thereto, and any rights, grants of variances, licenses or easements appurtenant thereto, to the extent owned or held by Seller (collectively, the “ Facilities ”);

 

(g)          all information, books and records (not including income Tax books and records, communications that are protected by an attorney-client privilege or the attorney work-product privilege, and the other books and records described in Sections 1.2(e) , 1.2(f) , and 1.2(h) ) to the extent related to the Purchased Assets, the Business or the Assumed Liabilities, including files, computer discs and tapes, invoices, credit and sales records, personnel records of Business Employees (subject to applicable Law), customer lists (including copies of customer Contracts), supplier lists (including supplier cost information), prospect lists (including mailing and calling lists), manuals, drawings, business plans and other plans and specifications, accounting and financial books and records, sales literature, current price lists and discounts, promotional signs and literature, marketing and sales programs, current and former product specifications, equipment tracking databases and regulatory, manufacturing and quality control records and procedures (collectively, the “ Business Information ”);

 

  2  

 

 

(h)          all cash, negotiable instruments and other cash equivalents of Seller located at the Facilities as of the Closing Date, including (i) cash, negotiable instruments and other cash equivalents of Seller located in ATMs, cages, drop boxes, slot machines and other gaming devices located at the Facilities, and (ii) cash on hand for the Facilities manager’s petty cash fund and cashiers’ banks, coins and slot hoppers, carousels and slot vault at the Facilities (collectively, and subject to the terms of this paragraph, the “ Acquired Cash ”); notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Acquired Cash shall be calculated net of issued but uncleared checks and drafts and outstanding and unredeemed gaming tokens and chips;

 

(i)           all billed and unbilled trade accounts receivable of the Business;

 

(j)           all other intangible rights and properties, including goodwill, telephone and facsimile numbers, e-mail addresses, the Players Club and Players Club Database and all rights to institute or maintain any action to protect the same and recover damages for any misappropriation or misuse thereof; and

 

(k)          all claims of Seller against Third Parties or any other Person to the extent arising from or relating to the Purchased Assets, the Business or the Assumed Liabilities (whether choate or inchoate, known or unknown, contingent or not contingent, including all rights arising from or relating to deposits, prepaid expenses, claims for refunds and rights to set-off that constitute Purchased Assets.

 

1.2          Retained Assets . Buyer is not purchasing from Seller, and Seller is not selling to Buyer, and, where applicable, Seller shall retain all of its right, title and interest in and to, each of the following assets, properties and rights of Seller (collectively, the “ Retained Assets ”):

 

(a)          all cash and cash equivalents of Seller not located at the Facilities;

 

(b)          all Contracts other than the Assigned Contracts;

 

(c)          all Plans, and the assets thereof;

 

(d)          all (i) intercompany accounts receivable of Seller, and notes for those accounts receivable, of the Business where the obligee is Seller and the obligor is Parent or an Affiliate of Seller, and (ii) all other accounts and notes receivable of Seller (other than billed and unbilled trade accounts receivable of the Business), regardless of when due and payable, together with the full benefit of all security and other rights relating thereto;

 

  3  

 

 

(e)          copies of all of the Assigned Contracts and all Business Information, other than the Customer Database, copies of such documents as are reasonably needed by Seller to pursue or defend claims related to the Retained Assets or Retained Liabilities, and all employee-related or employee benefit-related files or records, other than personnel files of Transferred Employees, and any other books and records which Seller is prohibited from disclosing or transferring to Buyer under applicable Law and is required by applicable Law to retain;

 

(f)           Seller’s organizational documents, taxpayer and other identification numbers, seals, minute books, membership interest records and all other similar limited liability company books and records of Seller, including communications that are protected by an attorney-client privilege or the attorney work-product privilege;

 

(g)          all rights of Seller and its Affiliates under this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents and any claims in respect thereof;

 

(h)          all (i) Tax Returns (including supporting schedules) other than those included in the Purchased Assets pursuant to Section 1.2(g) and (ii) refunds, credits, claims or entitlements with respect to Taxes to the extent arising out of or relating to the Purchased Assets or the Business for any pre-Closing Date portions of any Straddle Periods;

 

(i)           all insurance policies of Seller, and all rights to applicable claims and proceeds thereunder;

 

(j)           the Parent Marks;

 

(k)          all rights, claims, causes of action, credits or rights of setoff against Third Parties (including all indemnities, warranties and similar rights) in favor of the Seller or any of its Representatives to the extent relating to (i) any Retained Asset or (ii) any Retained Liability; and

 

(l)           those contracts set forth on Schedule 1.2(l) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules .

 

1.3          Assumed Liabilities . Buyer will, as of the Closing, assume and agree to pay, perform and discharge only the following Liabilities of Seller (collectively, and subject to the exclusions set forth below, the “ Assumed Liabilities ”):

 

(a)          all Liabilities arising or to be performed under the Assigned Contracts and the Permits from and after the Closing (but not any Liability arising out of or in connection with any breach of any such Assigned Contract or Permit occurring prior to the Closing);

 

(b)          all Liabilities associated with the Players Club, other than any Liabilities resulting from Seller’s violation of the terms and conditions of the Players Club prior to the Closing (as assumed, the “ Players Club Liabilities ”);

 

(c)          all Liabilities with respect any Proceeding or Order that is commenced or issued after the Closing Date that arises from Buyer’s ownership of the Purchased Assets or operation of the Business from and after the Closing;

 

  4  

 

 

(d)          all Liabilities for replacement of, or refund for, damaged, defective or returned goods relating to items purchased in a gift shop or similar facility at the Business;

 

(e)          all Liabilities with respect to the Transferred Employees arising after the Closing Date;

 

(f)           outstanding and unredeemed vouchers and comps (to the extent included as a liability in the calculation of Working Capital), Liabilities with respect gaming tokens and chips poker and slot participation and all Progressive Liabilities;

 

(g)          accrued but unpaid (as of the Closing Date) vacation and/or personal time off (as applicable) associated with the Transferred Employees;

 

(h)          all trade accounts payable of Seller with respect to the Business as reflected on the Reference Balance Sheet (subject to increases or decreases thereof as may occur prior to the Closing in the Ordinary Course of Business and not in violation of Section 6.1 ), in each case to the extent including in the calculation of Working Capital;

 

(i)           all Liabilities for any Taxes of the Buyer or arising from Buyer’s use, ownership or operation of the Purchased Assets or the conduct of the Business after the effective time of Closing, including any Taxes described in Section 8.2 attributable to post-Closing Date portions of any Straddle Periods;

 

(j)           all Liabilities relating to or arising out of the ownership of the Purchased Assets or the conduct of the Business in respect of periods following the Closing; and

 

(k)          all other Liabilities set forth as liabilities in the calculation of Working Capital used to determine the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.4 hereof.

 

1.4          Retained Liabilities . Except for the Assumed Liabilities, Buyer is not assuming and expressly disclaims the assumption of any Liabilities of Seller, whether or not such Liabilities arise from or relate to the Purchased Assets or the operation of the Business prior to the Closing (collectively, the “ Retained Liabilities ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and solely for purposes of clarity, the Retained Liabilities include:

 

(a)          all Liabilities arising from or relating to products sold, or services provided, on or prior to the Closing Date that do not constitute Assumed Liabilities;

 

(b)          all Liabilities arising from or relating to accrued expenses, accounts payable, indebtedness or other payment obligations that do not constitute Assumed Liabilities;

 

(c)          all Liabilities arising from or relating to any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) related to Seller’s ownership of the Purchased Assets or the Business and surviving the Closing;

 

  5  

 

 

(d)          all Liabilities arising out of or in connection with any breach of the Assigned Contracts occurring prior to the Closing, and all Liabilities arising from or relating to Contracts to which Seller is party that are not Assigned Contracts;

 

(e)          all Liabilities for any Taxes arising from Seller’s use, ownership or operation of the Purchased Assets or the conduct of the Business by Seller on and prior to the effective time of Closing, including any income Taxes that may be owing by Seller as a result of the sale of the Purchased Assets and including any Taxes described in Section 8.2 attributable to pre-Closing Date portions of any Straddle Periods, but excluding any Taxes described in Section 8.2 attributable to post-Closing Date portions of any Straddle Periods whether, in each case, payable before or after Closing;

 

(f)           all Liabilities arising from or relating to any Proceeding or Order to which Seller is a party or is otherwise bound as of the Closing to the extent arising or related to a period prior to the Closing Date;

 

(g)          all Liabilities arising from or relating to Breaches of Law (including Environmental and Safety Requirements), including any Breach of a Permit, occurring prior to the Closing;

 

(h)          all Liabilities of Parent;

 

(i)           except as provided in the proviso of Section 6.6(b)(i) , all Liabilities of Seller arising from or relating to the employment, retention or termination by Seller, or with respect to the Business, Parent, of any of their current or former officers, directors, employees or independent contractors, including but not limited to all Liabilities for salaries, bonuses, withholding, expense reimbursements, benefits or severance payments (unless otherwise allocated between the parties elsewhere in this Agreement), all Liabilities arising from or relating to Seller’s or Parent’s compliance with applicable employment Laws, all Liabilities arising from or relating to any employment agreements that Seller or Parent may have executed with its employees and all Liabilities to indemnify, reimburse or advance any amounts to any officer, director, employee, consultant or other agent or representative of Seller or Parent (whether in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise); and

 

(j)           all Liabilities otherwise arising from or relating to Seller’s use, ownership or operation of the Purchased Assets or the conduct of the Business prior to Closing that do not constitute Assumed Liabilities.

 

  6  

 

 

1.5          Assignability and Consents . Nothing in this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be construed as an attempt or agreement to assign any Purchased Asset, including any Contract, Permit, certificate, approval, authorization or other right, that by its terms or by Law is non-assignable without the consent of a Third Party (including any Authority) or is cancelable by a Third Party in the event of an assignment (a “ Non-Assignable Asset ”), unless and until consent from such Third Party shall have been obtained. With respect to all Non-Assignable Assets, including those set forth on Schedule 1.5 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , Seller and Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Buyer at its request for up to six (6) months following the Closing Date in endeavoring to obtain such consents; provided , however , that such efforts shall not require Seller, Parent or any of their Affiliates to incur any expenses or Liabilities, provide any financial accommodation, or remain secondarily or contingently liable for any Assumed Liability to obtain any such consent and any failure to obtain any consent by Seller for any reason in and of itself shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable Law and the terms of the Non-Assignable Assets, in the event that consents to the assignment thereof cannot be obtained, such Non-Assignable Assets shall be held, as of and from the Closing Date, by Seller (or the applicable Affiliate of Seller) for the benefit of Buyer, and the covenants and obligations thereunder shall be performed by Buyer at Buyer’s expense and in Seller’s name, and all benefits and obligations existing thereunder shall be for Buyer’s account (and Seller shall promptly pay over to Buyer all money received by it under such Non-Assignable Assets in respect of periods after the Closing Date); provided , that Seller may, after providing prior written notice to Buyer with reasonable detail, withhold any performance under a Non-Assignable Asset that may otherwise be reasonably requested by Buyer until Buyer shall have provided Seller with all funds and other resources necessary for such performance. As of and from the Closing Date, Seller authorizes Buyer, to the extent permitted by applicable Law and the terms of the Non-Assignable Assets, at Buyer’s expense, to perform all the obligations and receive all the benefits of Seller under the Non-Assignable Assets. Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold Seller and its Representatives, successors and assigns harmless from and against any and all Liabilities and Losses based upon, arising out of or relating to Buyer’s performance of, or failure to perform, obligations under the Non-Assignable Assets to the extent such Liability would have been an Assumed Liability if the assignment of the Non-Assigned Assets to Buyer had occurred on the Closing Date.

 

Article 2

PURCHASE PRICE AND DEPOSIT

 

2.1          Purchase Price .

 

(a)          The aggregate consideration to be paid by Buyer to Seller for the conveyance, assignment and transfer of the Purchased Assets at the Closing shall be an amount equal to Fourteen Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($14,600,000), plus or minus (as applicable) (i) the Acquired Cash Adjustment, and (ii) the Working Capital Adjustment (such amount, as adjusted, the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

(b)           Estimated Purchase Price . Not later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a good faith estimate, made consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and based upon information available to it, of the Purchase Price (the “ Estimated Purchase Price ”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

(c)           Cash Payment by Buyer at Closing . At Closing, Buyer shall pay to Seller an aggregate amount in cash, by electronic transfer of immediately available funds, to an account designated by Seller, equal to (i) the Estimated Purchase Price, minus (ii) the Escrow Amount (collectively, the “ Closing Cash Payment ”).

 

  7  

 

 

2.2          Escrow . At the Closing, the Escrow Amount shall be deposited by Buyer into escrow with the Escrow Agent pursuant to an escrow agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), and shall be held to satisfy any claims made by Buyer or any of the Buyer Indemnitees against Seller or Parent pursuant to Article 10 for a period of twelve (12) months. All costs and expenses related to holding in escrow the Escrow Amount, including the fees of the Escrow Agent, shall be borne equally by Buyer and Seller.

 

2.3          Cash Count . At the close of business on the Closing Date (or at such other day or time as mutually agreed by Buyer and Seller or otherwise dictated by applicable Gaming Laws), Seller shall conduct a physical count of all cash contained in cages, ATMs, slot booths, count rooms, gaming devices, drop boxes and any other location where cash is held by Seller at the Facilities (the “ Cash Count ”). The Cash Count shall be conducted in accordance with the policies, procedures and methodologies mutually agreed by the parties and otherwise in accordance with applicable Gaming Laws. Buyer shall be entitled to have Representatives present during the Cash Count, which Representatives shall, to the extent permitted by Law, have full access to the Cash Count proceedings and cooperate with Seller’s Representatives in good faith to resolve any disputes regarding the conduct of the Cash Count. Such Cash Count will be used in the preparation of the Closing Payment Statement.

 

2.4          Purchase Price Adjustments .

 

(a)          As soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date, but in no event more than ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall cause to be prepared and delivered to Seller a statement (the “ Closing Payment Statement ”) setting forth in reasonable detail, as of the Closing Date, its calculation of (i) the Acquired Cash Adjustment, (ii) the Working Capital Adjustment, and (iii) the Purchase Price. The Acquired Cash Adjustment calculation shall incorporate the results of the Cash Count as provided in Section 2.4 . The Acquired Cash Adjustment, the Working Capital Adjustment, and the Purchase Price calculations shall be determined in accordance with the definitions and principles set forth in this Agreement and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the application of such principles in the preparation of the Reference Balance Sheet and the Purchase Price. The Closing Payment Statement shall be prepared in accordance with, and in the format of, Exhibit A , and shall include calculation of (A) the Acquired Cash Adjustment, which shall be prepared in accordance with, and in the format of, Exhibit F , and (B) the Working Capital Adjustment, which shall be prepared in accordance with, and in the format of, Exhibit H . Subject to applicable Law, Seller will use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Buyer in connection with the preparation of the Closing Payment Statement and will provide Buyer with reasonable access to any of Seller’s records not otherwise available to Buyer as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to the extent necessary for the preparation of the Closing Payment Statement (excluding income Tax books or records and communications that are protected by the attorney-client privilege or the work-product privilege).

 

  8  

 

 

(b)          If Seller shall have any disagreement with the Closing Payment Statement, it shall, on or prior to thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Closing Payment Statement, notify Buyer of such disagreement in writing, setting forth in reasonable detail the particulars of such disagreement. In connection therewith and subject to applicable Law, Buyer will make available to Seller all workpapers and other books and records utilized by Buyer in the preparation of the Closing Payment Statement and those Representatives of Seller involved in the preparation of the Closing Payment Statement, and will provide Seller reasonable access to such other Business records not otherwise available to Seller as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (excluding income Tax books or records and communications that are protected by the attorney-client privilege or the work-product privilege), to the extent Seller deems necessary for Seller’s review of the Closing Payment Statement. If Seller does not provide such notice of disagreement within such thirty (30) day period, Seller shall be deemed to have accepted the Closing Payment Statement delivered by Buyer and such determination shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement. Any purported failure by Seller to provide the aforementioned “reasonable detail” shall not be used as the basis for an assertion by Buyer that Seller’s notice of disagreement was not timely delivered. If any such notice of disagreement is timely provided, Buyer and Seller, in conjunction with their respective independent accounting firms, shall use commercially reasonable efforts for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of Seller’s notice of disagreement (or such longer period as they may mutually agree) to resolve any disagreements with respect to the Closing Payment Statement. If, at the end of such period, they are unable to resolve such disagreements, then Ernst & Young LLP or such other independent accounting firm as the parties may mutually agree upon (as determined, the “ Auditor ”) shall resolve any remaining disagreements. The Auditor shall determine as promptly as practicable (but in any event shall be instructed to deliver its determination within sixty (60) days after its engagement), only with respect to the disagreements submitted to the Auditor, whether the Closing Payment Statement was prepared in accordance with the standards set forth in this Agreement and, only with respect to the disagreements submitted to the Auditor, whether and to what extent (if any) the Closing Payment Statement requires adjustment, and shall be instructed not to otherwise investigate matters independently. The Auditor shall promptly deliver to Buyer and Seller its determination in writing, which determination shall be made subject to the definitions and principles set forth in this Agreement, and shall be (i) consistent with either the position of Seller or Buyer or (ii) between the positions of Seller and Buyer. The fees and expenses of the Auditor shall be borne equally by Buyer and Seller. The determination of the Auditor shall be final, binding and conclusive for purposes of this Agreement and not subject to any further recourse by Buyer or Seller under any provision hereof, including Article 10 , and judgment may be entered thereon in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c)          If the Purchase Price, as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.4(b) , exceeds the Estimated Purchase Price, then Buyer shall, within seven (7) Business Days of the determination date, pay to Seller such difference by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts designated by Seller in writing (or in the absence of any such designation, by corporate check mailed to Seller).

 

(d)          If the Purchase Price, as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.4(b) , is less than the Estimated Purchase Price, then Seller or Parent shall, within seven (7) Business Days of the determination date, pay to Buyer such difference by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts designated by Buyer in writing (or in the absence of any such designation, by corporate check mailed to Buyer).

 

  9  

 

 

2.5          Allocation of Purchase Price . Within twenty (20) Business Days after the Purchase Price is finally determined in accordance with Section 2.4(b) , Buyer shall deliver to Seller a schedule (an “ Allocation Schedule ”) allocating the Purchase Price among the Purchased Assets in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code. If within twenty (20) Business Days after receipt of the applicable Allocation Schedule, Seller does not provide notice as set forth in the following sentence, such Allocation Schedule shall be final and binding on the parties. If within twenty (20) Business Days after receipt of the applicable Allocation Schedule, Seller notifies Buyer in writing that Seller objects to one or more items reflected on such Allocation Schedule, Buyer and Seller shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute. If Buyer and Seller fail to resolve any such dispute within twenty (20) Business Days after Buyer’s receipt of Seller’s notice of an objection to the applicable Allocation Schedule, each of the parties may file an Allocation Schedule of its own choosing for Tax reporting purposes. Any adjustment to the Purchase Price shall be allocated and any Allocation Schedule that Seller did not dispute shall be adjusted as provided by Treasury Regulation § 1.1060-1(c).

 

2.6          Prorations . On the Closing Date, all utility charges and other similar periodic obligations and expenses (but not including those items prorated under Article 8 and those items reflected in the calculation of the Working Capital Adjustment as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.4 ), related to the Purchased Assets will be prorated as of the Closing Date, with Seller responsible for such charges, obligations and expenses for the period up to the Closing Date, and Buyer to be responsible for the period on and after the Closing Date. Whenever possible, such prorations will be based on actual, current payments by Seller, and to the extent such actual amounts are not available, such prorations will be estimated as of the Closing Date based on actual amounts for the most recent comparable billing period. When the actual amounts become known, such prorations will be recalculated by Buyer and Seller, and Buyer or Seller, as the case may be, promptly (but not later than five (5) Business Days after notice of payment due) will make any additional payment or refund so that the correct prorated amount is paid by each of Buyer and Seller. Buyer shall bear the cost of a title policy issued to Buyer insuring the Facilities, and any survey or survey update ordered for such title policy.

 

Article 3

CLOSING

 

3.1          Closing; Closing Date . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at 10:00 a.m. (Las Vegas, Nevada time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions in Article 9 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied or waived at the Closing, but subject to their satisfaction or waiver at the Closing), or at such other time and date as may be mutually agreed by Buyer and Seller; provided , however , that the parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Closing to occur on the first Business Day of a calendar month. The Closing shall take place at the offices of the Escrow Agent or at such other location and time as is mutually agreeable to Buyer and Seller. The date on which the Closing shall occur is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .” The effective time of the Closing for tax and accounting purposes shall be 11:59 p.m. Pacific Time on the Closing Date (or such other time as shall constitute the end of the “gaming day” of the Business as determined pursuant to applicable Gaming Laws or by the Gaming Authorities).

 

  10  

 

 

3.2          Seller and Parent Closing Deliveries . At the Closing, Seller and Parent will deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer all of the following:

 

(a)          a bill of sale and assignment and assumption agreement duly executed by Buyer and Seller, in form and substance substantially as set forth in Exhibit C (the “ Conveyance Agreement ”);

 

(b)          a certificate, executed on behalf of Parent and Seller by a duly authorized officer of Parent and Seller, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, dated the Closing Date, confirming that the conditions precedent in Sections 9.2(a) 9.2(b) and 9.2(c) have been satisfied;

 

(c)          a certificate executed on behalf of Seller by a duly authorized officer of Seller, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, dated the Closing Date, together with copies of (i) the resolutions adopted by Seller and Parent authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) a written certification identifying the individuals duly authorized to execute this Agreement on Seller’s and Parent’s behalf and any Ancillary Document, or any other instruments or documents related hereto or thereto to which Seller or Parent is or will at the Closing be a party as the binding obligation of Seller and/or Parent, as applicable; (iii) the articles of organization of Seller, (iv) the operating agreement of Seller, and (v) a certificate dated within ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, issued by the Nevada Secretary of State, evidencing the good standing of Seller in the State of Nevada, which certification will confirm that such copies are correct and complete and that such resolutions were duly adopted, have not been amended or rescinded and are in full force and effect;

 

(d)          a transition services agreement duly executed by Seller pursuant to which Seller will provide the services described in Exhibit D to Buyer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller and Buyer (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”);

 

(e)          a grant, bargain and sale deed with respect to the Owned Real Property, in form and substance substantially as set forth in Exhibit E (the “ Deed ), duly executed by Seller;

  11  

 

 

(f)           the Consents identified in Schedule 3.2(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer (the “ Required Consents ”) or, to the extent that any such Required Consent identified in Schedule 3.2(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules (other than the Required Consent identified as item 1 therein) shall not have been obtained on or prior to the Closing, Seller shall retain and continue to hold the Contract to which such Required Consent related and ensure that Buyer receives the full benefits of the provisions of such Contract for the duration of its term in accordance with Section 1.5 ;

 

(g)          the Escrow Agreement, duly executed by Seller;

 

(h)          a certificate from Seller (or the taxpayer as to which Seller is disregarded as separate) stating that Seller (or such taxpayer) is not a “foreign person” as defined in Section 1445 of the Code, and otherwise meeting the requirements of Section 1.1445-2(b) of the Treasury Regulations, along with a properly completed IRS Form W-9 of Seller (or such taxpayer);

 

(i)            evidence reasonably satisfactory to Buyer that all recorded Encumbrances on the Purchased Assets have been released or removed, except for any Permitted Encumbrances; and

 

(j)          such other typical and customary certificates, documents and instruments as Buyer may reasonably request related to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.3          Buyer Closing Deliveries . At the Closing, Buyer will deliver or cause to be delivered:

 

(a)          an amount equal to the Closing Cash Payment, which amount will be directed to Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Seller in writing at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing;

 

(b)          the Escrow Amount to the Escrow Agent, via wire transfer of immediately available funds;

 

(c)          to Seller and, if applicable, Parent, the Conveyance Agreement, Escrow Agreement, and Transition Services Agreement, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(d)          to Seller, a certificate, executed on behalf of Buyer by a duly authorized officer of Buyer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller, dated the Closing Date, confirming that the conditions precedent in Sections 9.3(a) and 9.3(b) have been satisfied;

 

(e)          to Seller, a certificate, executed on behalf of Buyer by a duly authorized officer of Buyer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller, dated the Closing Date, together with copies of (i) the resolutions adopted by Buyer authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) a written certification identifying the individuals duly authorized to execute this Agreement on Buyer’s behalf and any Ancillary Document, or any other instruments or documents related hereto or thereto to which Buyer is or will at the Closing be a party as the binding obligation of Buyer, which certification will confirm that such copies are correct and complete and that such resolutions were duly adopted, have not been amended or rescinded and are in full force and effect.; and

 

  12  

 

 

(f)           such other typical and customary certificates, documents and instruments as Seller may reasonably request related to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Article 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND PARENT

 

Seller and Parent jointly and severally represent and warrant to Buyer, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedules delivered by Seller and Parent to Buyer on the Agreement Date (the “ Seller Disclosure Schedules ”) as follows:

 

4.1          Organization, Standing and Corporate Power .

 

(a)          Seller is a limited liability company, and Parent is a corporation, in each case duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, and Seller is duly qualified, licensed or registered to do business in every other jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership of its property requires it to be qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or registered would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Seller and Parent each has all requisite limited liability company or corporate power and authority to conduct its business and affairs as currently being conducted and to own, lease and operate its properties and assets.

 

(b)          Seller has no Subsidiaries and neither Seller nor Parent has Affiliates who are involved in the Business other than Parent or Seller, and Seller does not directly or indirectly hold any capital stock or other equity securities, options, warrants, convertible debt, or other derivative securities of any Person or otherwise have any direct or indirect ownership interest in any Person or business, except the Business.

 

(c)          Seller has provided Buyer with correct and complete copies of Seller’s Governing Documents, including all amendments thereto. Seller is not in Breach of any of its Governing Documents.

 

4.2          Capitalization; Ownership Interests . Parent is the sole record and beneficial owner of a 100% membership interest in Seller, which interest has been validly issued and is nonassessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , (a) there are no other equity interests of Seller issued or outstanding, and (b) there are no options, warrants, convertible debt, or other derivative securities, phantom equity rights or similar rights or interests issued by Seller or relating to any equity interests or voting securities of Seller.

  13  

 

 

4.3          Authority; Approvals . Seller and Parent each have all necessary limited liability company or corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which Seller and/or Parent is or will be a party, and to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Seller and Parent have taken all action required by Law, Seller’s Governing Documents and otherwise to authorize Seller’s and Parent’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which Seller or Parent is or will be a party and the performance of Seller’s and Parent’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. No other limited liability company or corporate proceeding or action on the part of Seller or Parent is necessary to approve and authorize Seller’s or Parent’s execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Documents to which Seller or Parent is or will be a party or the performance of its obligations hereunder or thereunder. Seller and Parent have each duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement, and the Ancillary Documents to be executed and delivered by Seller and/or Parent will at the Closing be duly executed and delivered by Seller and/or Parent, as applicable. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer, this Agreement constitutes, and at the Closing each Ancillary Document to be executed and delivered by Seller and/or Parent, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer of each such Ancillary Document to which Buyer is or will be a party, will constitute, the legal and valid binding obligation of Seller and/or Parent, as applicable, enforceable against Seller and/or Buyer, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

4.4          Absence of Conflicts . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , neither the execution, delivery nor performance of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document to which Seller or Parent is or will be a party, nor the consummation by Seller and Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby does or will: (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of, (b) constitute a default under, (c) result in a violation of, (d) give any Third Party the right to terminate or to accelerate any obligation under, (e) result in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any assets of Seller, the Business or the Purchased Assets, or (f) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to or filing with any Authority or any other Person, except for such authorizations, consents, approvals, exemptions or other actions by or notices to or filings with any Authority required under applicable Gaming Laws or Liquor Laws, in each case under (i) the provisions of the articles of organization or operating agreement of Seller, (ii) any material indenture, license, mortgage, loan agreement or other agreement, instrument or Contract to which Seller is bound or the Business, or any of the Purchased Assets are affected, or (iii) subject to the authorizations, consents, approvals, exemptions or other actions by or notices to or filings with any Authority required under applicable Gaming Laws or Liquor Laws, any Law to which Seller, the Business, or any of the Purchased Assets is subject.

 

4.5          Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities .

 

(a)          Seller has made available to Buyer correct and complete copies of the unaudited balance sheets of Seller dated April 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and the related unaudited statements of income and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”, the balance sheet of Seller as of April 30, 2018 is referred to herein as the “ Reference Balance Sheet ” and April 30, 2018 is referred to herein as the “ Reference Balance Sheet Date ”).

 

  14  

 

 

(b)          The Financial Statements are consistent with the books and records of Seller and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of Seller as of the dates indicated and the results of operations of Seller for the periods indicated, in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods specified, except as expressly set forth therein and except that the Financial Statements omit footnotes and the disclosures required therein.

 

(c)          As relates to the Business or the Purchased Assets, as of the Agreement Date, Seller does not have any material Liabilities, except for (i) Liabilities which are adequately reflected or reserved against in the Reference Balance Sheet, (ii) Liabilities which have arisen after the Reference Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course of Business, (iii) Liabilities relating to or arising under Leases, Contracts, Permits and Permitted Encumbrances which do not result from or arise out of breaches thereof, (iv) Liabilities for Taxes that do not violate the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.12 , or (v) those set forth in Section 4.5(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules .

 

4.6          Absence of Certain Changes . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.6 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , between the Reference Balance Sheet Date and the Agreement Date, (i) there has not been any change, event or occurrence that has had a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) neither Seller nor, as it relates to the Business, Parent has:

 

(a)          sold, leased, transferred, or assigned any material assets of Seller, tangible or intangible (including Intellectual Property), other than Inventory sold in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(b)          entered into any agreement, Contract, lease, license or permit (or series of related agreements, Contracts, leases, licenses and permits with the same Person), either (i) involving payments to or by Seller of more than $25,000 (individually or in the aggregate), other than slot participation agreements entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business, or (ii) outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(c)          entered into any Contract with any Authority or accelerated, terminated, modified, or cancelled any Contract with any Authority to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(d)          entered into any agreement, Contract, lease or license (or series of related agreements, Contracts, leases or licenses with the same Person) with any Affiliate of Seller or Parent;

 

(e)          waived any right of material value that would otherwise constitute a Purchased Asset;

 

(f)           except in the Ordinary Course of Business, terminated or cancelled, or modified in any material respect, any Contract (or series of related Contracts with the same Person) involving payments to or by Seller of more than $25,000 (individually or in the aggregate) to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound;

 

  15  

 

 

(g)          imposed (or allowed to be imposed) any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of assets of Seller, tangible or intangible (including any Assigned IP);

 

(h)          made any capital expenditure (or series of related capital expenditures) that involves more than $25,000 other than capital expenditures set forth in Seller’s budget for the applicable period(s), copies of which have been provided to Buyer;

 

(i)           made any capital investment in, any loan to (other than (i) advances of expenses to employees in the Ordinary Course of Business and (ii) player markers issued in the Ordinary Course of Business and reflected in the Business’s records), or any acquisition of the securities or assets of, any other Person;

 

(j)           issued any note, bond, or other debt security or created, incurred, assumed, or guaranteed any indebtedness for borrowed money in an aggregate amount exceeding $25,000;

 

(k)          delayed or postponed the payment of any accounts payable or other Liabilities of Seller outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(l)           declared, set aside, or paid any dividend or made any distribution with respect to the membership interests or other equity interests of Seller (whether in cash or in kind) or redeemed, purchased, or otherwise acquired any of the membership interests or other equity interests of Seller which in each case would remain an obligation of or Encumbrance upon the Purchased Assets or the Business following the Closing;

 

(m)         entered into any employment Contract or collective bargaining agreement;

 

(n)          except in the Ordinary Course of Business, as required by Law or as required by the terms of any Plan, adopted, amended, modified or terminated any Plan;

 

(o)          made any Tax election or adopted or changed in any Tax accounting method or policy, filed any amended Tax Return, consented to or entered into any closing agreement or similar written agreement with any Taxing Authority or consented to or settled or compromised any Tax claim or assessment that, as to any such action, would have the effect of increasing the Tax Liability or reducing any Tax asset of Buyer with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets in any post-Closing Tax period;

 

(p)          made or granted any bonus or any wage, salary or compensation increase in excess of $10,000 per year to any employee or independent contractor of Seller;

 

(q)          (i) transferred or assigned, or allowed to lapse or go abandoned, any material rights under or with respect to any Assigned IP; or (ii) granted any license or sublicense of any Assigned IP, other than in the case of clause (i) and (ii) in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

  16  

 

 

(r)           excluding normal wear and tear, experienced any physical damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to the Tangible Personal Property or the Facilities in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate;

 

(s)          changed in any material respect its accounting policies and practices as in effect on the Reference Balance Sheet Date, except as required by GAAP or applicable Law or changed its fiscal year; or

 

(t)           agreed or committed (whether or not in writing) to do any of the foregoing.

 

4.7          Real Property .

 

(a)           Schedule 4.7(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules contains a true and complete list, as of the Agreement Date, of all of the leases, licenses, subleases and all other similar occupancy agreements, including all amendments or other modifications thereto (collectively, the “ Leases ”), pursuant to which Seller leases, licenses, subleases or otherwise occupies real property (such real property, collectively, the “ Leased Real Property ”). The Leased Real Property is the only real property leased, subleased, licensed or otherwise occupied by Seller that is used in the Business, other than the Owned Real Property. With respect to the Leases and the Leased Real Property: (i) Seller has a good and valid leasehold interest in all of the Leased Real Property, free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances), (ii) the Leases are in full force and effect, (iii) neither Seller nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party to any Lease, is in material default under any Lease, and (iv) to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time, would constitute a material breach or default by Seller under any of the Leases. Seller has made or prior to Closing will make available to Buyer or its Representatives true, correct and complete copies of the Leases and, to the extent in possession or control of Parent or Seller, all certificates of occupancy and surveys relating to the Leased Real Property. To the Knowledge of Seller, neither the current use of the Leased Real Property by Seller, nor the Leased Real Property itself contravenes or violates any building, zoning, administrative, occupational safety and health or other applicable Law in any material respect.

 

(b)           Schedule 4.7(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules contains a true and complete list of all real property owned by Seller (the “ Owned Real Property ”). Seller has good and valid title to all of the Owned Real Property, free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances). To the Knowledge of Seller, none of the Owned Real Property, or the use thereof, contravenes or violates any building, zoning, administrative, occupational safety and health or other applicable Law in any material respect. Seller has made or prior to Closing will make available to Buyer or its Representatives copies of all leases, certificates of occupancy, surveys, environmental reports and documents evidencing unrecorded easements, rights of way and similar restrictions and rights (and all amendments thereto) with respect to the Owned Real Property, to the extent the same are in Parent’s or Seller’s possession or control. Other than as set forth on Schedule 4.7(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , Seller is not party to any lease, license, sublease or similar occupancy agreement under which it leases, licenses, subleases or otherwise makes any of the Owned Real Property available for occupancy by any Third Party.

  17  

 

 

(c)          After giving effect to capital expenditures currently budgeted or being undertaken by Seller, each as specifically disclosed on Schedule 4.7(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , all material improvements, structures, facilities, fixtures and equipment located on the Leased Real Property and the Owned Real Property and currently used in the Business are in all material respects good operating condition, ordinary, wear and tear excepted.

 

4.8          Tangible Personal Property .

 

(a)          Seller has good and transferable right, title and interest in and to all of the Tangible Personal Property, and at the Closing Seller will transfer all Tangible Personal Property to Buyer, free and clear of any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances. Other than the Tangible Personal Property and Inventory, Seller does not own any tangible personal property that is used in or solely related to the Business.

 

(b)          Except as listed on Schedule 4.8(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , after giving effect to capital expenditures currently budgeted or being undertaken by Seller, as of the Agreement Date, all material Tangible Personal Property currently used in the Business is (i) in all material respects good repair and in operating condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and (ii) free from material defects and in Seller’s possession and control at the location of the Business. The Tangible Personal Property comprises all of the tangible assets used in, related to or required for the continued operation by Buyer of the Business in the same manner as currently conducted by Seller. Except for the Retained Assets and Non-Assignable Assets, immediately following the consummation of the Closing, there will be no tangible assets currently used by the Business which will not be owned by Buyer or leased or licensed to Buyer under either the Transition Services Agreement or Assigned Contracts as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

4.9          Inventory . Seller has good and transferable right, title and interest in and to all of the Inventory. At the Closing, Seller will transfer the Inventory to Buyer free and clear of any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

4.10       Proceedings; Orders .

 

(a)           Schedule 4.10(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list, as of the Agreement Date, of: (i) all material Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened in writing, against Parent or Seller relating to the Business or Seller, or any director, officer, employee, consultant or other agent or other representative of Seller (but only in their capacity as such) and (ii) all material Proceedings relating to the Business or Seller that have been decided by any Authority or otherwise settled, resolved, abandoned or expired during the period from December 1, 2015 through the Agreement Date.

 

  18  

 

 

(b)          As of the Agreement Date, none of Seller, any of the Purchased Assets or the Business is subject to any material Order other than those of general applicability. To the Seller’s Knowledge, no manager, officer, employee or other agent of Seller, in their capacity as such, is subject to any material Order relating to Seller or any of the Purchased Assets or the Business.

 

4.11        Compliance with Laws; Permits .

 

(a)          Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , (x)  the Business is being conducted in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and as of the Agreement Date no Authority or other Person has given written notice or alleged in writing to Seller or Parent that Seller or Parent, in relation to the Business, is currently in Breach of any applicable Law, except in respect of instances of non-compliance that are not material, individually or in the aggregate, and (y) during the period from December 1, 2015 to the Agreement Date, Seller and Parent have, in relation to the Business, complied with all applicable Laws and no Authority or other Person has given written notice or alleged in writing to Seller or Parent that Seller or Parent has, in relation to the Business, Breached any applicable Law, except in respect of instances of non-compliance that are not material, individually or in the aggregate.

 

(b)          Seller holds all material Permits currently required to own and operate the Business and Purchased Assets in all material respects in the manner it in which it is currently conducted in compliance in all material respects with applicable Laws. Each such Permit is in full force and effect, and to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred, and no circumstance exists that was caused by Seller or Parent, and to the Knowledge of Seller, no other event has occurred or circumstance exists, that would reasonably be expected to (with or without notice or lapse of time) constitute or result in a revocation, cancellation, termination or material Breach of any such Permit or material modification thereof. No Authority or other Person has given written notice or alleged in writing to Seller (or, to the Knowledge of Seller, otherwise alleged) that Seller is currently required to hold a material Permit that it does not hold.

 

(c)          To the Knowledge of Seller, each of Parent’s and Seller’s directors, managers, officers and employees hold all material permits, registrations, findings of suitability, licenses, variances, exemptions, orders and approvals of all Authorities necessary for their conduct of the Business as currently conducted by Seller, each of which is in full force and effect. There has occurred no material default, revocation or suspension under any such permits, registrations, findings of suitability, licenses, variances, exemptions, orders and approvals of any Authorities.

 

  19  

 

 

4.12        Tax Matters . Other than as set forth on Schedule 4.12 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules :

 

(a)          Seller has duly and timely filed (taking into account any extension of time within which to file) all Relevant Tax Returns that it was required to file under applicable Law, and all such Tax Returns were true correct and complete and in substantial compliance with applicable Law when filed. Seller has timely and properly paid all Relevant Taxes required to be paid by it under applicable Law, whether or not disputed and whether or not shown to be due and payable on any Tax Return. Seller is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Relevant Tax Return. There are no Encumbrances on any of the Purchased Assets that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax. For purposes of this Section 4.12 , “Relevant” shall mean, when modifying “Taxes” or “Tax Returns,” such Taxes or Tax Returns, as appropriate, that relate to the Purchased Assets or the Business or that, or that may reasonably be expected to, result in an Encumbrance on the Purchased Assets or the Business after the Closing.

 

(b)          Seller has withheld or collected and paid over on a timely basis to the appropriate Authorities (or is properly holding for such timely payment) all Relevant Taxes required by applicable Law to be withheld or collected by Seller in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, customer, member of Seller or other Person and all Relevant Tax Returns (including, but not limited to, Forms W-2 and 1099) required with respect thereto have been properly completed and timely filed.

 

(c)          No Taxing Authority has given written notice or alleged in writing to Seller (or, to the Knowledge of Seller, has otherwise alleged) that Seller has or may have Breached any applicable Law regarding the preparation or filing of any Tax Returns or the payment or withholding of any Relevant Taxes (including any claim that Seller is required to pay Taxes in any jurisdiction where it does not currently file a Tax Return or may be subject to Tax in such jurisdiction). Seller has not granted any waiver, extension or comparable Consent for the payment of Relevant Taxes or filing of Relevant Tax Returns that remains outstanding, and no request for any such waiver, extension or comparable Consent from Seller has been received by Seller or Parent that is pending.

 

(d)          Seller has not received any written notice of any pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened request, audit, inquiry or other Proceeding in relation to Relevant Taxes or Relevant Tax Returns, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no such request, audit, inquiry or other Proceeding is pending, ongoing, scheduled or threatened. Seller has not waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

 

(e)          There are no Tax rulings, requests for rulings, technical advice memoranda, applications for change in accounting methods, closing agreements or any similar rulings, memoranda or agreements that would reasonably be expected to affect Liabilities for Relevant Taxes for any Taxable Period (or portion thereof) after the Closing Date. Seller has no Liability for the Taxes of any other Person under Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations (or any similar provision of state, local, or non-U.S. law), as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise, that, or that may reasonably be expected to, result in an Encumbrance on the Purchased Assets or the Business.

 

  20  

 

 

4.13        Employment Matters .

 

(a)          Seller is not currently in material Breach of, and during the period from December 1, 2015 to the Agreement Date, Seller has not materially Breached, any applicable Law concerning employment, employment practices and employee rights, or the calculation and payment of wages (including all applicable Laws concerning terms and conditions of employment, employment classifications (as to both classification as an employee as well as classification as an exempt or non-exempt employee), minimum wage, overtime, pay deductions, hours of work, termination, equal employment opportunity, discrimination, disability rights or benefits, affirmative action, employee leave issues, child labor, immigration, health and safety, plant closures and layoffs, workers’ compensation, unemployment, the payment of employment related Taxes and labor relations and unfair labor practices) with respect to the Business Employees, and during the period from December 1, 2015 to the Agreement Date, no Authority or other Person has given written notice or alleged in writing to Seller that Seller has or may have Breached any such Law relating to the employment of the Business Employees.

 

(b)          During the period from December 1, 2015 to the Agreement Date, there have been no actual or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened material work stoppages, slowdowns, lockouts, labor strikes or other material labor disputes involving any Business Employee. To the Knowledge of Seller, during the period from December 1, 2015 to the Agreement Date, there has been no attempt to form any labor union, labor organization, trade union, works council or similar organization or association of employees in relation to the Business.

 

(c)          Seller, with respect to the Business Employees, is not a party to, bound by or subject to (and no assets or properties of Seller related to the Business are bound by or subject to) any labor agreement or collective bargaining agreement. No Business Employee is represented by any labor union, labor organization, trade union or works council with respect to their employment by Seller.

 

(d)          Listed on Schedule 4.13(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules is each Person who, as of the Agreement Date, primarily provides service to Seller with respect to the Business (the “ Business Employees ”), together with their title, exempt/non-exempt status under the Fair Labor Standards Act, current salary or hourly rate, hire date, and bonus rate.

 

(e)          Listed on Schedule 4.13(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules is each individual Person performing services with respect to the Business as an independent contractor or leased employee, which independent contractor or leased employee is properly classified.

 

  21  

 

 

4.14        Employee Benefits .

 

(a)           Schedule 4.14(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list, as of the Agreement Date, of all “employee benefit plans” as defined by Section 3(3) of ERISA, all material specified fringe plans as defined in Section 6039D of the Code and all other material employment, bonus, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, stock ownership, stock purchase, stock appreciation, restricted stock, stock option, “phantom” stock, performance, retirement, thrift, savings, stock bonus, paid time off, perquisite, fringe benefit, vacation, severance, change-in-control, disability, accident, death benefit, hospitalization, health, medical, vision, insurance, welfare benefit or other plan, program, policy, practice, arrangement or agreement which is sponsored by Seller or otherwise provided to or made available for the benefit of any of the Business Employees (whether or not subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) (the “ Plans ”). For each Plan, Seller has made available to Buyer correct and complete copies of the following documents, to the extent applicable:

 

(i)          the most recent determination letter (or opinion letter) received by Seller from the IRS;

 

(ii)         all pending applications for rulings, determinations, opinions, no action letters and similar or related matters filed with any Authority;

 

(iii)        the annual report/return (Form Series 5500) with financial statements and attachments for each of the three (3) most recent plan years for which such reports/returns have been filed;

 

(iv)        current plan documents, summary plan descriptions, trust agreements, insurance contracts, service agreements and all related Contracts and other similar or related documents (including any employee summaries and material employee communications); and

 

(v)         all closing letters, audit finding letters, revenue agent findings and other similar or related documents.

 

(b)          Each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received an opinion or advisory letter that is qualified from the IRS. No such determination has been revoked and no such revocation has been threatened in writing to Seller (or to the Knowledge of Seller, otherwise threatened), and to the Knowledge of Seller, there are no facts or circumstances that would constitute a reasonable basis for any such revocation. Nothing has occurred since the date of such favorable determination which would adversely affect the status of such Plan. No Plan requires the approval of, nor is regulated by, any Authority outside of the United States.

 

(c)          No Plan and no pension plan maintained by or to which Seller, Parent or any ERISA Affiliate may have an obligation is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code (pension plans). Neither Seller nor Parent nor any ERISA Affiliate has merged with or acquired substantially all of the assets of (or is otherwise related to within the meaning of Section 302(d)(3) or 4001(b) of ERISA) any Person that was or may become subject to a Liability under Title IV of ERISA.

 

(d)          Neither Seller nor Parent nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever contributed to a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

 

  22  

 

 

(e)          With respect to each Plan, except as set forth in Schedule 4.14(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules :

 

(i)          (1) all contributions, premiums, fees or charges due and owing to or in respect of the Plan have been paid in accordance with the terms of the Plan and applicable Law; (2) all such payments accrued to date as Liabilities which have not been paid have been and will be properly recorded on Seller’s books; and (3) no Taxes, penalties or fees are owing in connection with the Plan;

 

(ii)         the Plan has at all times, and no Authority or other Person has given written notice or alleged in writing to Seller (or, to Seller’s Knowledge has otherwise alleged) that the Plan has not, been operated in material compliance with ERISA, the Code, all other applicable Laws (including all reporting and disclosure requirements thereunder) and the terms of the Plan;

 

(iii)        To the Knowledge of Seller, Seller has no Liabilities thereunder other than claims for benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plan and other contributions, premiums, Taxes, fees and expenses arising in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with the Plan; and

 

(iv)        there are no pending, and Seller received no written notice of any threatened (or, to Seller’s Knowledge, are any other threatened), Proceedings other than ordinary and usual claims for benefits thereunder.

 

(f)          Seller can amend or terminate such Plan without material Liability other than ordinary administrative costs of termination.

 

(g)          Seller has not made or committed to make any material increase in contributions or benefits under any Plan that would become effective either on or after the Agreement Date.

 

4.15        Intellectual Property .

 

(a)           Generally . Schedule 4.15(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth a complete and correct list of (i) all Assigned IP for which registration has issued or has been applied for and is pending (“ Registered IP ”) that is owned by Seller; and (ii) all telephone and facsimile numbers and email addresses owned by, allocated or issued to Seller or used in connection with the Business. To the Knowledge of Seller, all Registered IP is valid and enforceable. The Assigned IP and the Intellectual Property licensed to Seller pursuant to Contracts disclosed on Schedule 4.19(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules collectively constitutes all of the Intellectual Property used in or necessary to conduct the Business as it is currently conducted.

 

(b)           Ownership; Infringement . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , (i) Seller, solely and exclusively, owns and possesses all right, title and interest in and to all Assigned IP, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances), (ii) all of Seller’s rights in and to the Assigned IP are freely assignable by Seller, (iii) no written claim by any Third Party contesting the validity, enforceability, use or ownership of any Assigned IP is currently outstanding or, to the Knowledge of Seller, is or has been threatened in writing, (iv) no written claim challenging the validity or enforceability of any Assigned IP is pending, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, has been threatened in writing, (v) Seller has not received any written notice of any infringement, violation, dilution or misappropriation by, or any conflict with, any Third Party with respect to any Assigned IP, including any demand or request that Seller license rights from a Third Party, and (vi) to the Knowledge of Seller, the conduct of the Business as currently conducted and the Assigned IP does not infringe, violate or misappropriate the Intellectual Property of any Third Party.

 

  23  

 

 

(c)           Restrictions . There are no settlements, injunctions, forbearances to sue, consents, coexistence agreements, judgments, or orders or similar obligations to which Seller is a party or is otherwise bound, which restrict in any respect the rights of Seller to use any Assigned IP. Seller has not licensed or sublicensed its rights in any Assigned IP to Third Parties other than in the Ordinary Course of Business and no royalties, honoraria or other fees are payable by Seller for the use of, or right to use, any Assigned IP, except pursuant to one or more of the Contracts disclosed on Schedule 4.19(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules or Contracts for “shrinkwrap,” “clickwrap,” or other similar “off-the-shelf” software licensed to Seller.

 

(d)           Protective Measures . Seller has taken reasonable measures to protect the Assigned IP, including the confidentiality of all Confidential Information included in the Assigned IP. To the Knowledge of Seller, no Confidential Information has been disclosed by Seller or authorized to be disclosed by Seller to any Third Party other than pursuant to a written non-disclosure agreement or legal, fiduciary or contractual confidentiality obligations, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no Third Party that is a party to any non-disclosure agreement with Seller is in material breach or default thereof. To the Knowledge of Seller, no Confidential Information of Seller has been improperly disclosed or misappropriated by another Person.

 

(e)           Personal Information . At all times from December 1, 2015 to the Agreement Date, Seller has (i) complied with all applicable Laws regarding the collection, use, storage, transfer, or disposal of Personal Information, (ii) had a privacy policy regarding the collection, use, and disclosure of Personal Information in Seller’s possession, custody, or control, or otherwise held or processed on its behalf, and (iii) is and has been in compliance with such privacy policy. True and complete copies of all such privacy policies have been provided to Buyer. Seller has not received any complaint or notice of any investigation or inquiry relating to Seller’s privacy practices related to the Business, or the loss of or unauthorized disclosure or transfer of Personal Information by Seller related to the Business during the period from December 1, 2015 to the Agreement Date. The transfer of Personal Information in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not violate any applicable Law; the privacy policy of Seller as it currently exists or as it existed at any time during which any Personal Information was collected or obtained by or on behalf of Seller; or other privacy and data security requirements imposed on Seller under any Contracts binding on Seller. Upon the Closing, Buyer will continue to have the right to use such Personal Information on identical terms and conditions as Seller enjoyed immediately prior to the Closing.

 

  24  

 

 

(f)           Security Measures . Seller has established and implemented necessary and appropriate policies, programs, and procedures to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and security of Personal Information and other confidential or proprietary information or data in its possession, custody, or control against unauthorized access, use, modification, disclosure, or other misuse. To the Knowledge of Seller, during the period from December 1, 2015 to the Agreement Date, Seller has not experienced any loss, damage, or unauthorized access, disclosure, use, or breach of security of any Personal Information or other confidential or proprietary information or data in the possession, custody, or control of Seller. To the Knowledge of Seller, there has occurred no breaches, hacking or usurpation of any Personal Information held by the Business. Neither Seller nor the Business has during the two (2) years prior to the Agreement Date conducted any text, facsimile or other solicitations in violation of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act or any related Laws.

 

(g)           Social Media . Schedule 4.15(g) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and correct list of all social media accounts used by Seller in the conduct of the Business. Seller has complied with all terms of use, terms of service, and other agreements and all associated policies and guidelines relating to its use of any social media platforms, sites, or services in the conduct of the Business.

 

4.16          Systems .

 

(a)           Schedule 4.16(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of all of the computer, telephone and point-of-sale (P.O.S.) systems, including the software, hardware, networks and interfaces (collectively, “ Systems ”), used by Seller in the conduct of the Business (i) are in sufficiently good working condition to perform in all material respects all information technology operations of the Business as currently conducted, (ii) are in all material respects sufficient for the current needs of the Business, including as to capacity, scalability, and ability to process current and reasonably anticipated peak data volumes in a timely manner and (iii) include sufficient licensed capacity (whether in terms of authorized sites, units, users, seats, or otherwise) for all software to conduct the Business as it is currently conducted. During the period from December 1, 2015 to the Agreement Date, to the Knowledge of Seller, there has been no unauthorized access, use, intrusion, or breach of security, or failure, breakdown, performance reduction or other adverse event affecting any Systems used in the Business, that has caused any: (A) substantial disruption of or interruption in or to the use of such Systems or the conduct of the Business; (B) material loss or destruction of or damage or harm to the Business or its personnel, property, or other assets; or (C) material liability of any kind to the Business. Seller has taken commercially reasonable actions, consistent with applicable industry practices, to protect the integrity and security of the Systems used in the Business and the data and other information stored or processed thereon.

 

(b)          Except as set forth on the attached Schedule 4.16(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , all Systems used in the Business are owned and operated by and are under the control of Seller and are not wholly or partly dependent on any facilities that are not under the ownership, operation or control of Seller.

 

  25  

 

 

(c)          Seller (i) maintains commercially reasonable backup and data recovery, disaster recovery, and business continuity plans, procedures, and facilities; (ii) acts in all material respects compliance therewith; and (iii) tests such plans and procedures on a regular basis, and such plans and procedures have been proven effective upon such testing.

 

4.17        Immigration Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules:

 

(a)          Seller has properly utilized Form I-9 to verify the identity and work authorization status of each of its employees in compliance with the Immigration and Nationality Act, as amended, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, as amended, and related promulgating regulations.

 

(b)          No employee of Seller presented any temporary work authorization document at the time of hire that is presently or at any future date will be subject to I-9 re-verification.

 

(c)          No employee of Seller is employed under an H-1B, L-1A or L-1B visa, or any other employer-petitioned non-immigrant U.S. work authorization.

 

(d)          Seller is not petitioning for employment-based lawful permanent residence status on behalf of any employee of Seller and Seller has not filed any Application for Alien Employment Certification (ETA Form 750), Application for Permanent Employment Certification (ETA Form 9089), or any Form I-140 (Immigrant Petition for Alien Workers) that remains pending

 

(e)          Parent nor Seller has received any correspondence from any Person or Authority during the period from December 1, 2015 to the Agreement Date questioning the validity of the social security number of any employee of Seller.

 

4.18        Insurance . Schedule 4.18 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of all insurance policies currently carried by Seller (and any former occurrence based policies for which Seller continues to retain coverage for prior activities) and related to the operation of the Business. With respect to each such policy, (i) it is in full force and effect; (ii) all premiums thereunder covering all periods through and including the Agreement Date have been paid; and (iii) no written notice of cancellation or termination has been received by Seller.

 

4.19        Contracts .

 

(a)           Schedule 4.19(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules lists, as of the Agreement Date, and Seller has made available to Buyer correct and complete copies of, the following Contracts to which Seller is a party:

 

(i)          each Contract or group of related Contracts with the same Person for the performance of services or the delivery of any goods, equipment or materials by Seller (other than the Contracts or group of related Contracts with the same Person entered into by Seller in the Ordinary Course of Business involving aggregate payments to or by Seller of less than $25,000 during any 12-month period);

 

  26  

 

 

(ii)         each collective bargaining agreement;

 

(iii)        each Contract which provides for the payment of any severance benefits, retention bonuses or sale bonuses to any Business Employee, other than bonuses paid in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(iv)        agreements between Seller, on the one hand, and Parent or any other of its Affiliates, on the other;

 

(v)         each Contract or group of related Contracts with the same Person relating to the lease of tangible assets, personal property or equipment, specifying in each case whether Seller is the lessee or lessor (other than Contracts or group of related Contracts with the same Person in the Ordinary Course of Business involving aggregate payments to or by Seller of less than $25,000 during any 12-month period);

 

(vi)        each Contract relating to the license or use of Intellectual Property, specifying in each case whether the license is to or from Seller, other than licenses, terms of service agreements and similar Contracts for “shrinkwrap,” “clickwrap,” or other similar “off-the-shelf” software that is available on a retail basis;

 

(vii)       each employment or consulting Contract (other than offer letters on Seller’s standard form) which on its terms provides for annual compensation in excess of $100,000;

 

(viii)      each Contract with an Authority;

 

(ix)         each Contract involving capital expenditures in excess of $5,000 or the sale of any capital asset;

 

(x)          each Contract relating to the borrowing of money or to mortgaging, pledging or otherwise placing an Encumbrance on any of the Purchased Assets or the Business that will survive the Closing;

 

(xi)         each Contract relating to the lending of money (other than advances of expenses to employees in the Ordinary Course of Business, and player markers issued in the Ordinary Course of Business and reflected in the Business’s books and records) or to taking any mortgage, pledge or otherwise placing an Encumbrance on any assets of any Person;

 

(xii)        each Contract relating to a partnership, joint venture or joint development, marketing, sales or similar arrangement;

 

  27  

 

 

(xiii)       each Contract containing exclusivity, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or other provisions that prohibit, restrict or limit to any extent Seller’s right to (1) freely engage in any business anywhere in the world, or (2) solicit or engage the services of any Person;

 

(xiv)      each Contract that grants to any Person the right to occupy any portion of the Facilities; and

 

(xv)       each Assigned Contract which requires Consent to an assignment of the Contract or to a sale of all or substantially all of Seller’s or the Business’s assets or operations.

 

(b)          Except as set forth in Schedule 4.19(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , (i) each of the Assigned Contracts is valid and binding on Seller and, to the Knowledge of Seller, each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect; (ii) no Person has given written notice or alleged in writing to Seller (or to the Knowledge of Seller, otherwise alleged) that Seller or any other party to any of the Assigned Contracts is in Breach thereof; (iii) to the Knowledge of Seller no event has occurred, and no circumstance exists that was caused by Seller or Parent, and to the Knowledge of Seller no other circumstance exists, that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Breach of any of the Assigned Contracts by Seller or by any other party thereto; and (iv) no party to any of the Assigned Contracts has in writing terminated or purported to terminate or requested any material modification or waiver thereof. There are no Contracts other than the Assigned Contracts and the Leases which are necessary for the operation or for the continued operation by Buyer of the Business as currently conducted in the Ordinary Course of Business.

 

4.20        Environmental Matters .

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.20 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules :

 

(a)           Regulatory Compliance . Since December 1, 2015, Seller has complied with and is in material compliance with all Environmental and Safety Requirements.

 

(b)           Permits . Since December 1, 2015, Seller has complied with and is in compliance with all Permits that are required to be held by Seller pursuant to Environmental and Safety Requirements for the occupation of the Facilities and the operation of the Business (collectively, the “ Environmental Permits ”) and, to the extent required prior to the Closing Date, timely and complete applications have been or will be made for renewal, extension, or reissuance of all such Environmental Permits, and Seller has not received information which would lead it to believe that any Environmental Permit may not be renewed, extended or reissued in due course and as requested without the imposition of material cost or penalty following the Closing. Schedule 4.20(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules contains a list of all such Environmental Permits.

 

  28  

 

 

(c)           Notices . Seller has not received prior to the Agreement Date any written notice, claim, complaint, citation, or report regarding any actual or alleged violation of Environmental and Safety Requirements which have not been cured, or any Environmental Lien, Environmental Permit, Liabilities or potential Liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent, unliquidated or otherwise), including any investigatory, remedial or corrective obligations and any request for information with respect to any investigation or clean-up of Hazardous Substances, arising under Environmental and Safety Requirements relating to Seller, the Business or the Purchased Assets, nor is there any Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened in writing against or affecting Seller, the Business or the Purchased Assets at law or in equity before a court or administrative agency relating to a violation of any Environmental and Safety Requirement.

 

(d)           Facilities . To the Knowledge of Seller, none of the following exists or has existed at the Facilities: (i) underground storage tanks, (ii) asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, (iii) materials or equipment containing polychlorinated biphenyls, or (iv) landfills, surface impoundments, or disposal areas, except as disclosed in the Phase I environmental report set forth on Schedule 4.20 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules .

 

(e)           Release of Substances . Solely as it relates to the Business and the Purchased Assets, Seller has not treated, stored, disposed of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported, handled, or released any Hazardous Substance, or owned or operated any property or facility (and no such property or facility is contaminated by any Hazardous Substance) in a manner that has given rise to or would reasonably be expected to give rise to any Liabilities, including any Liability for response costs, corrective action costs, personal injury, property damage, natural resource damages or attorney fees, pursuant to any Environmental and Safety Requirement.

 

(f)           Liability for Others . Seller has not, either expressly or by operation of Law, assumed or undertaken any Liability or corrective or remedial obligation of any other Person relating to Environmental and Safety Requirements.

 

(g)           Environmental Liens . To Seller’s Knowledge, no Environmental Lien has attached to any of the Facilities.

 

(h)           Environmental Reports . Seller has provided to Buyer true and correct copies of all environmental reports, audits, assessments, and investigations, and all other material environmental documents prepared since December 1, 2015 that are in Seller’s or Parent’s possession or control, relating to the Purchased Assets or the Facilities or any other real property owned or used by Seller or Seller’s predecessor in connection with the Business.

 

4.21        Suppliers . Schedule 4.21 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of the top fifteen (by volume in U.S. dollars) suppliers during the twelve (12)-month period preceding the Reference Balance Sheet Date that sold goods or services to Seller in connection with the Business, including the respective dollar volumes of purchase with each such supplier (each, a “ Top Supplier ”) during such twelve-month (12)-month period. As of the Agreement Date, no Top Supplier has notified Seller or Parent in writing of its intention to terminate or materially alter (in a manner adverse to Seller) any terms of its relationship with Seller.

 

  29  

 

 

4.22        Sufficiency of Purchased Assets . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.22 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , other than the Purchased Assets, there are no assets, properties and rights of Seller or Parent that are used in or are related to the operation of the Business or that are reasonably required for the continued operation of the Business by Buyer immediately following the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted by Seller during the periods covered by the Financial Statements and from and after such periods through the Closing, and the Purchased Assets are being transferred to Buyer free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances.

 

4.23        Brokers . Except for Rossoff & Company, LLC, whose fees and expenses will be paid by Seller and/or Parent, none of Parent, Seller, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, consultants or other agents or representatives, has retained any broker, finder or financial advisor, or incurred any Liability for any brokerage fee or commission, finder’s fee or financial advisory fee, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. In no event will Buyer nor any the Purchased Assets be subject to any Liability or Encumbrance relating to any brokerage fee or commission, finder’s fee or financial advisory fee incurred by or on behalf of Seller or Parent in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

4.24        No other Representations and Warranties; As-Is, Where-Is .

 

(a)          Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, neither Seller, Parent nor any other Person has made or makes any other express or implied representation or warranty, either written or oral, on behalf of Seller or Parent, including any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Business and the Purchased Assets furnished or made available to Buyer and its Representatives (including any information, documents or material made available to Buyer) or any representation or warranty as to projections, estimates or budgets of future revenues, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition, profitability or success of the Business.

 

(b)          EXCEPT AS SET FORTH EXPRESSLY IN THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY ANCILLARY DOCUMENT SELLER AND PARENT DISCLAIM ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY RELATING TO ANY PURCHASED ASSET (TANGIBLE, INTANGIBLE OR MIXED), INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS, NONINFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

Article 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

Buyer represents and warrants to Seller and Parent as follows:

 

5.1          Organization; Standing; Corporate Power . Buyer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to conduct its business and affairs as currently being conducted and to own, lease and operate its properties and assets. Buyer is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign entity in good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its assets requires such licensing or qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party or to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

 

  30  

 

 

5.2          Authority; Approvals . Buyer has all necessary limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which Buyer is or will be a party, and to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer has taken all action required by Law, Buyer’s Governing Documents and otherwise to authorize Buyer’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which Buyer is or will be a party and the performance of Buyer’s obligations hereunder and thereunder. No other limited liability company proceeding or action on the part of Buyer is necessary to approve and authorize Buyer’s execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Documents to which Buyer is or will be a party or the performance of its obligations hereunder or thereunder. Buyer has duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement, and the Ancillary Documents to be executed and delivered by Buyer will at the Closing be duly executed and delivered by Buyer. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Seller, this Agreement constitutes, and at the Closing each Ancillary Document to be executed and delivered by Buyer, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Seller and/or Parent, as applicable, of each such Ancillary Document to which Seller or Parent is or will be a party, will constitute, the legal and valid binding obligation of Buyer enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

5.3          Absence of Conflicts . Neither the execution, delivery nor performance of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document to which Buyer is or will be a party, nor the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby does or will: (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of, (b) constitute a default under, (c) result in a violation of, (d) give any Third Party the right to terminate or to accelerate any obligation under or (e) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to or filing with any Authority or any other Person, except for such authorizations, consents, approvals, exemptions or other actions by or notices to or filings with any Authority required under applicable Gaming Laws or Liquor Laws, in each case under (i) the provisions of the certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement or other Governing Documents of Buyer, (ii) any indenture, license, mortgage, loan agreement or other agreement to which Buyer is bound or by which its assets are affected, or (iii) subject to the authorizations, consents, approvals, exemptions or other actions by or notices to or filings with any Authority required under applicable Gaming Laws or Liquor Laws, any Law to which Buyer is subject, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Document to which it is or will be a party or to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

 

  31  

 

 

5.4          Proceedings . As of the Agreement Date, there is no Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened in writing, against Buyer or any of its Affiliates that would, if adversely determined, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which it is or will be a party, or to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

 

5.5          Licensability of Principals . Neither Buyer nor any of its Representatives that are mandatorily required to be included in the process of determining the suitability of Buyer for any Governmental Approval in connection with the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement, or, to Buyer’s Knowledge, any holders of Buyer’s membership interests or other equity interests who will be mandatorily required to be licensed or found suitable in connection with the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement under applicable Gaming Laws (the foregoing Persons collectively, the “ Licensing Affiliates ”) has ever abandoned or withdrawn (in each case in response to a communication from a Gaming Authority regarding a likely or impending denial, suspension or revocation) or has ever been denied, or had revoked, terminated or suspended, or had adversely and materially modified or limited, any approval, consent, license, permit, registration, declaration, order, finding of suitability, franchise, waiver, exemption, variance, or other authorization required under any Gaming Laws or Liquor Laws. Buyer and each of its Licensed Affiliates which is licensed or holds any approval, consent, license, permit, registration, declaration, order, finding of suitability, franchise, waiver, exemption, variance, or other authorization required under any Gaming Laws or Liquor Laws (collectively, the “ Licensed Parties ”) are in good standing in each of the jurisdictions in which Buyer or such Licensed Affiliates owns or operates gaming facilities. Following consultation with Buyer’s legal and regulatory advisors, to Buyer’s Knowledge, there are no facts, which if known to any Gaming Authorities, would (a) be reasonably likely to result in the delayed issuance of required Governmental Approvals beyond the Outside Date, or the denial, revocation, limitation or suspension, of a gaming license or liquor license necessary for the consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) result in a negative outcome to any finding of suitability proceedings currently pending, or under the suitability proceedings of any of the Licensed Parties necessary for the consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby that would materially restrain, prevent or delay the consummation of the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement, including the imposition of any negative condition being placed on any finding of suitability that would materially restrain, prevent or delay the consummation of the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement, or (c) would otherwise unreasonably delay approval of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.6          Brokers . Neither Buyer nor any of its managers, officers, employees, consultants or other agents or representatives has employed any broker, finder or financial advisor, or incurred any Liability for any brokerage fee or commission, finder’s fee or financial advisory fee, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. In no event will Parent or Seller be subject to any Liability relating to any brokerage fee or commission, finder’s fee or financial advisory fee incurred by or on behalf of Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

5.7          Solvency . Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer will not (a) be insolvent or left with unreasonably small capital, (b) have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature or (c) have Liabilities in excess of the reasonable market value of its assets.

 

  32  

 

 

5.8          No Financing Conditions . The Closing is not subject to any financing conditions.

 

5.9          Acknowledgment of Buyer . Buyer has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing the Purchased Assets. Buyer confirms that Seller and Parent have made available to Buyer the opportunity to ask questions of the management employees of Seller and Parent and to acquire such additional information about the Business and the Purchased Assets as Buyer has requested and all such information has been received. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it has conducted its own independent investigation, review, and analysis of the Business and the Purchased Assets, and acknowledges that it has been provided adequate access to the personnel, properties, assets, premises, books and records, and other documents and data of Seller and Parent for such purpose. Buyer further acknowledges and agrees that: (a) in making its decision to enter into this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents to which Buyer is or will be a party, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, Buyer has relied solely upon its own investigation and analysis and the express representations and warranties of Seller and Parent set forth in Article 4 , and (b) neither Seller nor Parent nor any other Person has made any representation or warranty as to Seller, Parent, the Business, the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities, this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except as expressly set forth in Article 4 .

 

Article 6

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

 

6.1          Conduct of Business .

 

(a)          Except as expressly provided in or contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in Schedule 6.1 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , or as required by Law, or to the extent that Buyer otherwise consents in writing (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), from the Agreement Date until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement, Seller will, and Parent will cause Seller to, operate the Business in the Ordinary Course of Business and in compliance with all applicable Laws and use all commercially reasonable efforts to (x) preserve intact its business organization and the Business, (y) keep available the services of its officers, employees and consultants, and (z) preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, distributors, Authorities, creditors and others with whom it has business dealings; provided , however , that no action taken by Seller with respect to matters specifically addressed by Section 6.1(b) shall be deemed a breach of this Section 6.1(a) unless such action would constitute a breach of Section 6.1(b) .

 

(b)          In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as expressly provided in or contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in Schedule 6.1 of the Seller Disclosure Schedules , or as required by Law, or to the extent that Buyer otherwise consents in writing (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), from the Agreement Date until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement, Seller will not, and Parent will cause Seller to not, in connection with the Business:

 

  33  

 

 

(i)          sell, lease, sublease, license, transfer, mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or create any Encumbrance upon, any material properties or assets of Seller, other than (1) sales, leases, subleases, licenses, transfers, mortgages, pledges or other dispositions or Encumbrances of properties or assets under and in accordance with the terms of existing Contracts or in the Ordinary Course of Business; (2) dispositions of Inventory and dispositions of surplus or obsolete properties or assets in the Ordinary Course of Business; and (3) Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(ii)         except in the Ordinary Course of Business, terminate, cancel, materially amend, materially extend or waive, release or assign any material right or claim under any Lease or Contract listed or required to be set forth in Schedule 4.7(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules or Schedule 4.19(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules or enter into, terminate, cancel, materially amend, materially extend or waive, release or assign any material right or claim under any Lease or Contract that, if entered into prior to the Agreement Date, would have to be listed in Schedule 4.7(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules or Schedule 4.19(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules ;

 

(iii)        make any material change in management personnel of the Business;

 

(iv)        except as required by Law or GAAP, make any change in any method of accounting or tax practice that would have the effect of increasing the Tax Liability or reducing any Tax asset of Buyer with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets in any post-Closing Tax period;

 

(v)         except in the Ordinary Course of Business, (1) change the hold percentages of any slot machines, or (2) change the quantity or manner of utilization of free play, point multipliers, vouchers, comps or other promotional items;

 

(vi)        issue any vouchers or comps not otherwise constituting Players Club Liabilities;

 

(vii)       except in the Ordinary Course of Business, add or remove any gaming tables;

 

(viii)      amend Seller’s Governing Documents in any manner that adversely affects its ability to perform its obligations and to consummate the transactions hereunder;

 

(ix)         except as required by Law, amend any Plan;

 

  34  

 

 

(x)          grant any raises, bonuses or additional benefits to any Business Employee except in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(xi)         transfer, assign, terminate, cancel, abandon or modify in any material respect any Permits required to own and operate the Business in all material respects in the manner in which it is currently conducted, or fail to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain any such Permits as currently in effect;

 

(xii)        except as required by Law, decline or fail to use all commercially reasonable efforts to maintain all insurance policies as currently in effect (or comparable replacement policies to the extent available for a similar cost) other than immaterial variations in such insurance coverage, or to prevent the lapse of any such policies;

 

(xiii)       make any representation or commitment to, or enter into any formal or informal understanding with, any employees or independent contractors of Seller with respect to compensation, benefits, or terms of employment or engagement to be provided by Buyer or any of Buyer’s Affiliates or than such terms as may be set forth in this Agreement;

 

(xiv)      transfer to any Person or allow to lapse or go abandoned any Assigned IP that is used in the Business, enter into any license agreement with any Person to grant or obtain any rights to any Assigned IP; or commence, discharge or settle any Proceeding relating to any Assigned IP;

 

(xv)       take any actions or fail to take any actions that would knowingly cause or result in, or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in, any Breach of Seller’s or Parent’s representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement at any time on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

(xvi)      take any action or enter into any transaction described in Section 4.6 that if taken before the Agreement Date would be required to be disclosed in Schedule 4.6 of Seller Disclosure Schedules ; or

 

(xvii)     commit or agree to take, or authorize the taking, of any of the foregoing actions.

 

(c)          At least thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver a notice to each of (a) a licensed alcoholic beverage wholesaler who currently sells liquor to Seller in connection with the Business, and (b) a licensed alcoholic beverage wholesaler who has sold liquor to Seller in connection with the Business within the immediately preceding twelve (12) months. Such notice shall contain the information required by NRS 369.4867.

 

  35  

 

 

(d)          Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, each of Seller and Parent, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, will promptly advise the other in writing, with reasonable detail, if such party obtains or receives Knowledge that an event has occurred or failed to occur (either before or after the Agreement Date) which, individually or in the aggregate with other events, would reasonably be expected to result in the failure to satisfy a condition to the Closing or otherwise materially delay the Closing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notification under this sentence or the preceding sentence will affect the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the parties (or remedies or Liabilities with respect thereto) or the conditions to the obligations of the parties under this Agreement, unless expressly waived in writing at or prior to Closing.

 

(e)          Nothing in this Agreement is intended to give Buyer, directly or indirectly, any right to control or direct the Business or operations of Seller prior to Closing.

 

6.2          No Solicitation .

 

(a)          Until the earlier of: (i) the Closing; or (ii) the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 11 (the “ Exclusivity Period ”), Seller and Parent will not, and will cause their directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with any Person other than Buyer: (1) solicit, initiate, entertain, or knowingly encourage or facilitate, any proposals or offers from, or conduct discussions or engage in negotiations with any Person relating to any actual or prospective sale, transfer, merger, reorganization or similar transaction involving the Business, Purchased Assets or membership interests or other equity interests of Seller (other than sales or other dispositions of properties or assets in the Ordinary Course of Business) that, if completed, would preclude, in whole or in part, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (an “ Alternative Transaction ”); (2) provide written, oral, audio, video or other form of information with respect to Seller or the Business or Purchased Assets to any Person, other than Buyer (and its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives and Affiliates), relating to, or otherwise cooperate with, facilitate or knowingly encourage any effort with regard to, or attempt by any such Person to pursue, an Alternative Transaction; or (3) enter into any direct or indirect, written or oral agreement, or complete any transaction, with any Person providing for, relating to or constituting an Alternative Transaction. During the Exclusivity Period, Seller and Parent will promptly provide Buyer with all reasonable information regarding any Third Party who submits, attempts to solicit or commences discussions regarding an Alternative Transaction.

 

(b)          Seller and Parent will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Persons other than Buyer who have been furnished with confidential information regarding Seller or the Business and assets in connection with the solicitation of, or discussions regarding, an Alternative Transaction within the twelve (12) months prior to the Agreement Date promptly to return or destroy such information to the extent that the applicable confidentiality agreements allow Seller to require such return or destruction.

 

6.3          Access to Business; Continued Due Diligence; Confidentiality .

 

(a)          Subject to applicable Law, including Gaming Laws, and in such a manner and method so as not to unreasonably interfere with the operations of the Business or the Purchased Assets, Seller will, upon reasonable prior notice, during the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement:

 

  36  

 

 

(i)          afford to Buyer and its Representatives reasonable access (including for the purpose of coordinating integration activities and transition planning), during normal business hours to Seller’s employees, the Facilities and to all books, Contracts (subject to applicable confidentiality restrictions), commitments and records (including Business Information, but excluding income Tax Returns and work papers relating thereto), and provide copies thereof, at Buyer’s expense, as requested;

 

(ii)         permit Buyer and its Representatives to make such reasonable inspections and tests of the Facilities as it may reasonably request during normal business hours; provided that Buyer agrees: (A) to promptly restore the Facilities after making any such inspection or test to its condition prior to the making of such inspection or test, (ii) not to perform, prior to the Closing, any drilling or other invasive testing at the Facilities without obtaining the prior written consent of Seller, which consent may be withheld for any reason, (iii) to coordinate such inspections and tests with Seller and permit Seller’s Representatives to be present during such inspections and tests, and (iv) to promptly share with Seller the results and/or reports of any such inspections or tests; provided , however , such inspections and reports shall be provided without representation or warranty of any kind; and

 

(iii)        cause Seller’s officers to furnish Buyer and its Representatives with such financial and operating data and other information with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets as Buyer may from time to time reasonably request;

 

provided , however , that (A) nothing in this Agreement, including this Section 6.3 or Sections 1.1(j) or 6.6 , shall require, and neither Seller nor Parent shall have any obligation to (until the Closing), provide Buyer with any information in the Players Club Database other than the number of players by zip code locations, the amount of daily, weekly and monthly play and any other related demographic information agreed upon by Buyer and Seller, and (B) Seller may limit such access described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above to the extent such access (I) could, in the opinion of Seller’s counsel, violate or give rise to Liability under applicable Laws, including any Gaming Laws, (II) would require Seller or Parent to waive any attorney-client privilege, or (III) conflicts with any confidentiality obligations to which either Seller or Parent is bound.

 

(b)          All requests by Buyer and its Representatives for information and access hereunder will be coordinated through Parent or Parent’s designee. All information acquired by Buyer or any of its Representatives under this Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement. No investigation or information provided under this Section 6.3 will affect any representation or warranty in this Agreement of any party hereto, as qualified by the Seller Disclosure Schedules with respect to the representations and warranties in Article 4 , or any condition to the obligations of the parties hereto.

 

  37  

 

 

(c)          Concurrently with the Closing, Seller shall provide Buyer with all information contained in the Player’s Club Database in electronic form and in a format that is readable by Buyer, and shall have taken all necessary actions, and received all necessary approvals and permissions, sufficiently in advance of the Closing to be able to transfer such information to Buyer without violation of the terms of any privacy policy, participation terms or other obligations of Seller that might apply to the transfer to Buyer of any information contained in the Player’s Club Database, and Buyer shall cooperate with Seller and shall provide Buyer such information and assistance as is reasonably necessary to effect this Section 6.3(c) .

 

(d)          Nothing contained in this Agreement to the contrary shall limit or deny Buyer’s right and ability to continue its due diligence investigations, studies and reviews of the Purchased Assets and the Business from and after the Agreement Date pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

  

6.4          Reasonable Efforts; Filings; Notification .

 

(a)          Subject to the terms and conditions herein, each party shall cooperate with each other and use their commercially reasonable efforts to (i) as promptly as practicable, take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, and do or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law or otherwise to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) obtain from any Authorities any approvals, consents, licenses, permits, registrations, declarations, concessions, orders, filings, notices, findings of suitability, franchises, entitlements, waivers, exemptions, variances, certificates of occupancy and other authorizations required (A) to be obtained or made by Seller, Buyer or any of their respective Affiliates, or the respective Representatives of any of the foregoing, in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) under any applicable Law (including Gaming Laws) (the approvals described in the foregoing clauses (ii)(A) and (ii)(B) shall be collectively referred to herein as the “ Governmental Approvals ”), and (C) to avoid any Proceedings by any Authority that could adversely impact the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) make all necessary filings, and thereafter make any other required submissions with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, as required under any applicable Law (including Gaming Laws, which shall include a jointly-prepared detailed change-over memorandum and submit it to the Gaming Authorities with sufficient time to allow their review and approval prior to the Closing Date, and Liquor Laws (it being agreed that Seller shall promptly, and in no event longer than three (3) Business Days respond to Buyer with respect to the change-over memorandum)), (iv) comply with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Approvals, (v) obtain from any third party any approvals, consents, and other authorizations (other than the Governmental Approvals) as are necessary for consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (vi) subject to Section 6.3 , furnishing to each other such information and assistance as may reasonably be requested in connection with the foregoing; provided , however , (x) under no condition shall Buyer or its Affiliates be required to transfer any assets, businesses or interests in connection with the foregoing and (y) Seller and/or Parent shall be obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consents contemplated by subclause (v) of this Section 6.4(a) above but shall only be obligated to pay consideration to obtain the consents set forth on Schedule 6.4(a)(v) of Seller Disclosure Schedules . Buyer and its Representatives and Affiliates shall file as soon as is reasonably practicable and in any event within thirty (30) calendar days following the Agreement Date, all required initial applications and documents in connection with obtaining the Gaming Approvals required for the transfer, ownership, operation and management of the Business and the Purchased Assets, and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities by Buyer, and the applicable parties hereto and their respective Representatives shall, as promptly as practicable thereafter, file all required initial applications and documents for the purpose of obtaining all other Governmental Approvals. Buyer and its Representatives shall act diligently and promptly to pursue such Governmental Approvals in connection with the making of all filings and submissions required hereby. Buyer shall promptly provide to Seller evidence of the filing of its application for a gaming license in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby as reasonably requested by Seller. Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to schedule and attend any hearings or meetings with Authorities to obtain the Governmental Approvals as promptly as possible. To the extent practicable, and subject to applicable Laws, each party will consult with the other with regard to the exchange of information relating to Buyer or Seller and Parent, as applicable, and any of their respective Representatives which appear in any filing made with, or written materials submitted to, any third party or any Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Buyer and Seller shall notify the other promptly of the receipt of material comments or requests from Authorities relating to any Governmental Approvals, and shall supply the other party with copies of all material correspondence between the notifying party or its or their Representatives and Authorities with respect to such Governmental Approvals (with any competitively sensitive information being provided on an external counsel basis only) where the Buyer reasonably believes that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Governmental Approval will not be obtained or that receipt of the Governmental Approval will be materially delayed. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.4(a) to the contrary, in no event will Seller or Parent be entitled to review (i) confidential information regarding any individual who is an employee, officer, director, member or manager of Buyer or Buyer’s Affiliates, or (ii) Buyer’s confidential business records or strategies or marketing strategies for the Business.

 

(b)          Without limiting Section 6.4(a) , each of Buyer and Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the entry of, or to have vacated or terminated, any decree, order, or judgment that would restrain, prevent or delay the Closing, on or before the Outside Date.

 

  38  

 

 

(c)          Buyer shall, subject to any applicable Gaming Laws, be permitted to have a representative of Buyer present to observe any cash counts, counts of gaming chips and tokens and any other inventories required by applicable Gaming Laws to be taken by Seller as a part of the Closing, and any such counts and inventories shall be memorialized in a listing prepared and signed jointly by representatives of Buyer and Seller no later than the Closing.

 

(d)          Buyer and Seller shall promptly advise each other upon receiving any communication from any Authority whose Governmental Approval is required for consummation of the transactions governed by this Agreement which causes such party to reasonably believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that such Governmental Approval from such Authority will not be obtained or that the receipt of any such Governmental Approval will be materially delayed. Buyer and Seller shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions reasonably necessary to defend any Proceedings challenging this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions governed by this Agreement, and to prevent the entry by any Authority of any decree, injunction or other order challenging this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions governed by this Agreement, and shall appeal as promptly as possible any such decree, injunction or other order or seek to have any such decree, injunction or other order vacated or reversed. From and after the Agreement Date through the Closing, each party shall promptly notify the other party(ies) in writing of any pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer or Seller, as appropriate, threatened Proceeding by any Authority or any other Person (i) challenging or seeking damages in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (ii) seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Closing.

 

6.5          Certain Transactions . Prior to the Closing, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, none of Buyer, Seller or Parent shall take, or agree to commit to take, (a) any action that would or is reasonably likely to materially delay the receipt of, or materially impact the ability of a party to obtain, any Governmental Approval necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (b) any action that would or is reasonably likely to cause any Authority to commence or re-open a Proceeding that could reasonably be expected to challenge or prevent the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or delay the Closing beyond the Outside Date.

 

6.6          Employees .

 

(a)          Prior to the Closing Date, Buyer shall make offers of employment, effective as of the Closing Date, to those Business Employees who continue to be employed by Seller immediately prior to such date and are deemed, in the reasonable judgment of Buyer, necessary to the continued operation of the Business post-Closing; provided , however , that no less than fifteen (15) days prior to the Closing the Buyer shall notify the Seller in writing of which Business Employees to whom the Buyer does not intend to make an offer of employment. Such offers shall be in a form mutually agreed upon with Seller. The Business Employees who accept Buyer’s offers of employment shall commence employment with Buyer effective as of the Closing Date and are herein collectively referred to as the “ Transferred Employees .”

 

  39  

 

 

(b)          Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.6 , Seller or its Affiliates shall pay, discharge, and be responsible for (i) all salary or wages, bonuses (including ratable portions of bonuses that would otherwise be paid in full at year-end), commissions, and other compensation arising out of or relating to the employment of its employees prior to and through the Closing Date; provided , that if the Seller accrues bonuses for such Business Employees, Buyer shall assume such accrued bonuses as an Assumed Liabilities, but such amounts shall constitute a current liability for purposes of Working Capital, (ii) any employee benefits arising under the Plans prior to and through the Closing Date, and (iii) all severance or other Liabilities for any terminated Business Employees who are not Transferred Employees, whether pursuant to an agreement between Seller and such employees or otherwise. After the Closing Date, Buyer shall pay, discharge and be responsible for all salary, wages, and benefits arising out of or relating to the employment of any Transferred Employees by Buyer after the Closing Date.

 

(c)          With respect to any employee or employee benefit plan, program or arrangement maintained by Buyer or its Affiliates (including any severance plan), for all eligibility, vesting and benefit accrual purposes (other than benefit accrual under a defined benefit plan), a Transferred Employee’s service with Seller and its Affiliates prior to Closing shall be treated as service with Buyer; provided , however , that such service need not be recognized to the extent that such recognition would result in any duplication of benefits.

 

(d)          In the event that Seller or its Affiliates terminates a sufficient number of employees (other than transfer of the Transferred Employees to Buyer hereunder) to effect a “plant closing” or “mass layoff” within the ninety (90) days prior to or following the Closing Date, Seller and its Affiliates shall comply with the WARN Act and its regulations. Buyer shall make a sufficient number of employment offers to ensure that the termination by Seller of the Business Employees as of the Closing Date will not trigger obligations, if any, under the WARN Act, and Buyer shall take no action within ninety (90) days following the Closing Date with respect to the Transferred Employees that would subject Seller or its Affiliates to the provisions of the WARN Act with respect to the Transferred Employees.

 

(e)          All Transferred Employees shall cease to participate in and accrue benefits under all Plans as of the Closing Date and shall commence participation in certain benefit plans established or maintained by Buyer or its Affiliates.

 

(f)          Seller shall provide continuation coverage required by Section 4980B of the Code and Sections 601 to 608 of ERISA (“ COBRA ”) to all Business Employees and former employees of the Business and their covered beneficiaries who are entitled to COBRA with respect to “qualifying events” (as defined in Section 4980B of the Code and Title I, Subtitle B, Part 6 of ERISA) which are incurred on or prior to the Closing Date. Buyer shall comply with the provisions of COBRA with respect to any Transferred Employee who becomes covered under any Group Health Plan maintained by Buyer after the Closing Date.

 

  40  

 

 

(g)          Nothing in this Section 6.6 shall create any third-party beneficiary right in any Person other than the parties to this Agreement, including any current or former employee or Transferred Employee, any participant in any Plan or any dependent or beneficiary thereof, or any right to continued employment with Seller, Buyer or any of its Affiliates. Nothing in this Section 6.6 shall constitute an amendment to any Plan or any other plan or arrangement covering employees or Transferred Employees. Seller, Buyer and their respective Affiliates shall each cooperate with each other and shall provide each other such documentation, information and assistance as is reasonably necessary to effect the provisions of this Section 6.6 .

 

6.7          Repairs . Prior to the Closing:

 

(a)          Seller shall repair the damaged roof above the kitchen area of the restaurant located at the Owned Real Property to the reasonable satisfaction of Buyer or the Purchase Price shall be reduced by $100,000; and

 

(b)          Seller shall install, to the reasonable satisfaction of Buyer, a fire suppression system that complies with the Laws of the City of Henderson to facilities maintenance shop adjacent to the northwest single trailer loading dock or the Purchase Price shall be reduced by $25,000.

 

6.8          Delivery of Financial Statements and Reports; Filings .

 

(a)          After the Agreement Date until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement, promptly as practicable and in any event no later than thirty (30) days after the end of each month, Seller will deliver to Buyer true and complete copies of the unaudited balance sheets, the related unaudited statements of income and statement of cash flows, of the Business, as of the end of each month and the portion of the fiscal year then ended, which financial statements shall be prepared on a basis consistent with the Financial Statements.

 

(b)          After the Agreement Date until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement, Seller shall deliver to Buyer true and correct copies of all reports, filings and/or notices delivered to the Gaming Authorities on or before five (5) Business Days after the date of such delivery.

 

Article 7

OTHER COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

 

7.1          Public Announcement . The parties agree that the initial press release(s) to be issued with respect to the execution of this Agreement shall be in a form mutually agreed to by Buyer and Seller. Thereafter, none of Buyer, Seller or Parent, nor any of their respective Representatives, will issue any press release or other public statement or announcement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior consent of the other party(ies), except as may be required by applicable Law or the rules of any stock exchange on which their securities (or securities of any of their Affiliates) are listed (in which case the party required (or whose Representative is required) to make the release, statement or announcement shall, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, allow the other party(ies) reasonable time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of its issuance (the first party being under no obligation to accept any such comments)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that each of the parties and their respective Representatives shall have the right to provide notice to and make any filings with any Authorities, which are be required under applicable Laws. The foregoing restriction will not apply from and after the Closing.

 

  41  

 

 

7.2          Confidentiality .

 

(a)          For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Confidential Information ” means (i) all information, books and records of Buyer, including customer, supplier and prospect information, Intellectual Property, sales, marketing, employment, financial and accounting information, and quality control and regulatory information of Buyer, provided by Buyer or any of its Representatives to Seller, Parent or any of their Representatives in connection with or as a result of the negotiation, preparation or performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, the “ Buyer Information ”); (ii) all Assigned IP and all tangible and electronic embodiments of the Assigned IP; and (iii) all Business Information and other books and records of Seller that constitute Purchased Assets, excluding in each case any such information that (A) at any time is or becomes available to the general public without Seller’s or Parent’s Breach of this Agreement or any obligation or duty of confidentiality owed to Buyer, (B) in the case of Buyer Information, was provided to Seller or Parent or any of their Representatives on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by Buyer to Seller or Parent or any of their respective Representatives, provided that such information is not known by Seller, Parent or any of their respective Representatives to be subject to a confidentiality agreement with or other obligation or duty of confidentiality to Buyer or another Person, (C) in the case of Buyer Information, information that subsequently becomes available to Seller, Parent or any of their respective Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Buyer or any of its Representatives, provided that such source is not known by Seller, Parent or any of their respective Representatives to be subject to a confidentiality agreement with or other obligation or duty of confidentiality to Buyer or another Person, (D) in the case of Buyer Information, is independently developed by Seller, Parent or any of their respective Representatives without reference to, or use of, any Confidential Information, or (E) is (1) a Retained Asset, (2) a Retained Liability or (3) used in connection with the Transition Services Agreement.

 

(b)          Except as required by applicable Law, including the rules or regulations of a national securities exchange or other exchange on which Parent’s securities are listed for trading and in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission as is required under applicable federal securities laws, Seller and Parent will, and will cause their respective Representatives to, keep confidential and protect, and to not disclose, allow access to or use in any way (other than (i) as may be necessary to establish or enforce the rights, or to perform (or cause to be performed) the obligations, of Seller or Parent, or to defend against any claim by any Buyer Indemnitee, under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document, (ii) any such information disclosed pursuant to Section 7.4 for the purpose for which such information was requested, (iii) any disclosure on a confidential basis to Seller’s or Parent’s respective Representatives, and (iv) in connection with Tax or other regulatory filings, Proceedings, and financial reporting requirements), (A) any Buyer Information during the Exclusivity Period, and (B) from and after the Closing until the six (6) year anniversary of the Closing Date, any Confidential Information. Seller and Parent acknowledge and agree that the Buyer Information is and will continue to be and, from and after the Closing, all other Confidential Information related to the Business or the Purchased Assets will be, the exclusive property of Buyer and its Affiliates.

 

  42  

 

 

(c)          The covenants and undertakings contained in this Section 7.2 relate to matters which may be of a special, unique and extraordinary character and a violation of any of the terms of this Section 7.2 may cause irreparable injury to Buyer and its Affiliates, the amount of which may be impossible to estimate or determine and for which adequate compensation may not be available. Therefore, Buyer and its Affiliates will be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any such terms by Seller, Parent or any of their Representatives.

 

(d)          In the event that Seller, Parent or any of their Representatives, receives a request to disclose all or any part of the Buyer Information during the Exclusivity Period, or from and after the Closing, all or any part of the Confidential Information, in connection with a Proceeding or is otherwise required by applicable Law, including the rules or regulations of a national securities exchange or other exchange on which Parent’s securities are listed for trading and in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission as is required under applicable federal securities laws, Seller or Parent (as applicable) will, to the extent permitted by Law, (i) notify Buyer as promptly as practicable under the circumstances of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding such request or requirement, and (ii) if disclosure of such information is required, disclose the minimum required and exercise commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the confidentiality of such information, including, if requested by Buyer, by cooperating with Buyer, at Buyer’s sole cost and expense, to obtain an appropriate protective order or other assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information by any third party to which disclosure is made. If Seller and Parent comply with the preceding sentence, Seller and Parent (or such of their respective Representatives who are required to make such disclosure) may make such disclosure without liability under this Agreement notwithstanding the absence of a protective order or waiver of compliance hereunder.

 

(e)          From the Agreement Date and unless and until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article 11 , unless Buyer otherwise consents in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), Seller and Parent will not release any Person from the confidentiality provisions of any agreement to which Seller or Parent is or becomes a party or under which it is a beneficiary to the extent related to or otherwise affecting the Business or the Purchased Assets and as part of the Purchased Assets or Assumed Contracts hereunder will at Closing assign each such agreement to Buyer.

 

7.3          Payment of Retained Liabilities; Preservation of Corporate Existence . Seller will pay or make adequate provision for the payment in full of all of the Retained Liabilities, and Parent will cause Seller to comply with the provisions of this Section 7.3 .

 

  43  

 

 

7.4          Retention of and Access to Records .

 

(a)          From and after the Closing Date and for a period five (5) years thereafter, Seller will retain and provide Buyer and its Representatives with reasonable access to and copies of such portion of the books and records that constitute Retained Assets as contain information or data reasonably related to the Purchased Assets or the operation of the Business (excluding income Tax books or records and communications that are protected by attorney-client privilege or the work-product privilege), during normal business hours and upon reasonable written notice, for any reasonable business purposes specified by Buyer in such notice and prior to destroying any such books and records prior to the end of such five (5)-year period, Seller will notify Buyer in writing at least thirty (30) days in advance and then, if requested by Buyer and at Buyer’s expense, provide copies of such books and records prior to destroying them. From and after such five (5)-year period, Seller shall have no obligation to keep or preserve or to notify Buyer of the destruction of any such books or records.

 

(b)          From and after the Closing Date and for a period five (5) years thereafter, Buyer will retain and provide Seller, Parent and their respective Representatives with reasonable access to and copies of all books and records that constitute Purchased Assets and will make employees available on a mutually convenient basis, during normal business hours and upon reasonable written notice for any reasonable purpose of Seller or Parent specified by Seller or Parent, as applicable, in such notice, such as for use in financial reporting, accounting matters, preparing and filing any Tax Returns, responding to Tax requests, audits, inquiries or other Proceedings, to investigate, defend or prosecute any claim or Proceeding, or to comply with the provisions and terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document or respond to claims arising hereunder or thereunder. For five (5) years following the Closing Date, prior to destroying any such books and records, Buyer will notify Seller and Parent in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to such destruction and shall, if requested by Seller or Parent and at Seller’s or Parent’s expense, provide copies of such books or records prior to such destruction. From and after such five (5)-year period, Buyer shall have no obligation to keep or preserve or to notify Seller or Parent of the destruction of any such books or records.

 

7.5          Cooperation in Litigation . Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate with Seller and Parent in the prosecution or defense of any claim or Proceeding arising from or related to the conduct of the Business prior to the Closing and involving one or more third parties. Seller and Parent shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Buyer and its Affiliates in providing such cooperation (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements), but shall not be responsible for reimbursing Buyer or its Affiliates or its and their officers, directors and employees for their time spent in such cooperation.

 

  44  

 

 

7.6          Use of Name . Buyer agrees that (except as expressly set forth in this Section 7.7 ), after the Closing neither Buyer nor its Affiliates shall have any rights in and to the mark “Nevada Gold” or “Nevada Gold & Casinos” or any trademarks, trade names, service marks, trade dress, logos, corporate names, domain names and other source identifiers, emblems, signs or insignia related thereto or containing or comprising the foregoing, including any mark or term confusingly similar thereto or derivative thereof (collectively, the “ Parent Marks ”), and will not at any time after the Closing market, promote, advertise or offer for sale any products, goods or services utilizing any of the Parent Marks or otherwise hold itself out as having any affiliation with either Parent or Seller or any of their respective Affiliates. Buyer agrees that if any of the Purchased Assets, including any promotional materials or printed forms, bear any of the Parent Marks, Buyer shall, prior to distributing, selling or otherwise making use of such Purchased Assets, either (a) remove, delete or render illegible the Parent Mark(s) as they may appear on such Purchased Assets or (b) clearly state that Buyer is not affiliated with “Nevada Gold”, Parent, Seller or any of their respective Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for a period of ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Buyer may distribute and display marketing, promotional and advertising materials including business cards, stationery, packaging materials, displays, signs, promotional materials and other similar materials that include one or more of the Parent Marks (collectively, “ Supplies ”), provided such Supplies (i) were included within the Inventory as of the Closing, (ii) are used solely in connection with the promotion, marketing, advertising and sale of the Business’s products of the type sold, and in a manner consistent with that used, prior to the Closing, and (iii) clearly indicate that Buyer and its Affiliates are not affiliated with Parent, Seller or any of their respective Affiliates and (y) the inclusion of the Parent Mark(s) in the Supplies shall not be construed as an endorsement of any of the Business’s products by Parent, Seller or any of their respective Affiliates. Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Indemnitees against all Losses asserted against or imposed upon them as a consequence of the use of the Parent Marks by Buyer and its Affiliates following the Closing.

 

7.7          Further Assurances . Seller, Parent and Buyer agree that, from time to time, from and after the Closing Date, each of them will execute and deliver such further documents and instruments of conveyance and transfer or assumption and take such further actions as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intents of this Agreement and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents; provided , however , in no event shall such additional documents, instruments or actions taken or otherwise requested hereunder enlarge the obligations or liabilities of any party as set forth in this Agreement. In addition, Seller will provide Buyer with reasonable physical and electronic access to its premises and computers and will otherwise provide Buyer with such assistance as Buyer may reasonably request, in order to collect, package and otherwise prepare for delivery to Buyer all Purchased Assets that are in tangible or electronic form.

 

Article 8

TAX MATTERS

 

8.1          Cooperation . Without duplication of their obligations under Section 7.4 , Buyer and Seller agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to each other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information relating to the Business or any of the Purchased Assets (including access to books and records) as is reasonably necessary for the filing of all Tax Returns, the making of any election related to Taxes, the preparation for or defense of any audit by any Taxing Authority and the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or Proceeding relating to any Tax Return relating to the Business or any of the Purchased Assets. Without duplication (but in expansion) of their obligations under Section 7.4 , Buyer and Seller will retain all books and records with respect to Taxes pertaining to the Business and the Purchased Assets until the expiration of all relevant statutes of limitation (and, to the extent notified by Buyer and Seller, any extensions thereof).

 

  45  

 

 

8.2          Real and Personal Property Taxes . Real and personal property Taxes and assessments, both general and special, imposed on or relating to the Purchased Assets for any Taxable Period that begins prior to the end of the gaming day on the Closing Date and ends on or after the end of the gaming day on the Closing Date (a “ Straddle Period ”) will be prorated between Seller and Buyer on a per diem basis, with the Taxes allocated to the portion of the Straddle Period ending before the end of the gaming day on the Closing Date to be borne by Seller and the Taxes allocated to the portion of the Straddle Period that begins on the end of the gaming day on the Closing Date to be borne by Buyer. Proration of Taxes that are undetermined as of the Closing Date (i) will be based on the most recently available Tax rate and valuation, giving effect to applicable exemptions, recently-voted millage, change in valuation and similar items, whether or not officially certified to the appropriate Taxing Authority as of the Closing Date and (ii) will use a 365-day year. When the actual amounts become known, such prorations will be recalculated by Buyer and Seller, and Buyer or Seller, as the case may be, will promptly (but not later than five (5) Business Days after notice of payment due) make any additional payment or refund so that the correct prorated amount is paid by Buyer and Seller. On or before the Closing, Seller will pay all delinquent property Taxes or delinquent special assessments not contested by Seller in good faith, which contested Taxes or assessments will remain Seller’s obligation.

 

8.3          Conveyance Taxes . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Seller shall pay, and be responsible for any sales Tax, use Tax, conveyance fee Tax, transfer Tax, documentary stamp Tax, value added Tax or similar Taxes and related fees (collectively, “ Conveyance Taxes ”) imposed on the sale or transfer of the Purchased Assets, including the Owned Real Property, pursuant to this Agreement or the entering into of this Agreement. The Seller will prepare and timely file (with the reasonable cooperation of the Buyer) all Tax Returns with respect to such Conveyance Tax, subject to the Buyer’s right to review for no less than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the due date thereof.

 

8.4          Other Taxes . Seller will prepare and timely file all Tax Returns required to be filed on or after the Closing Date with respect to Taxes that relate to the Business or the Purchased Assets that are due on or prior to the effective time of Closing, subject to Buyer’s right to review for no less than five (5) Business Days prior to the due date and filing thereof. Any such Tax Returns shall be consistent with prior Tax Returns and applicable Law.

 

Article 9

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

9.1          Conditions to Buyer’s and Seller’s Obligations . The respective obligation of each of Buyer, Parent and Seller to complete the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (to the extent permitted by Law) of the following conditions:

 

(a)           No Governmental Orders . No Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have initiated any action seeking, or shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any order, executive order, stay, decree, resolution, judgment or injunction or statute, rule or regulation (in each case, whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) to prevent or prohibit the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to make it illegal for either party hereto to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

  46  

 

 

(b)           No Proceedings . No Proceeding shall have been instituted, and be pending against Buyer, Parent or Seller or their respective Affiliates by any unaffiliated Third Party (other than an Authority), which (i) challenges or otherwise seeks to prevent, or would reasonably be expected to materially delay, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) would reasonably be expected to result in a material Liability for Buyer, Seller or any of their respective Affiliates, (iii) would reasonably be expected to adversely effect in any material respect the ability of Buyer, Parent or Seller or any of their respective Affiliates, as applicable, to perform their obligations under this Agreement, to consummate any of the transactions contemplated hereby or to operate any of their respective businesses in the State of Nevada, or (iv) would reasonably be expected to subject Buyer, Parent or Seller or any of their respective Affiliates or their respective officers or directors to material Liability in relation to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , in the event a Proceeding contemplated by this Section 9.1(b) has been instituted and/or is pending and Buyer does not want to waive the condition contemplated by this Section 9.1(b) but Seller informs Buyer in writing of its desire to waive the condition contemplated by this Section 9.1(b) , to the extent such waiver is permitted by Law, Seller may waive such obligation provided that Seller and Parent sign an undertaking, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, to jointly and severally indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless Buyer Indemnitees from and against any and all Losses, incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon any Buyer Indemnities resulting from, arising out of, or otherwise incurred in connection with such Proceeding, including all fees and expenses, which shall be advanced to Buyer and paid by Seller and/or Parent when and as such fees and expenses are incurred (such Proceeding being referred to herein as a “ Seller Waived Proceeding ”).

 

(c)           Gaming Approvals . All Gaming Approvals set forth on Schedule 9.1(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

 

9.2          Conditions to Buyer’s Obligations . The obligation of Buyer to complete the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (in the sole discretion of Buyer) of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)          each of the representations and warranties of Seller and/or Parent contained in this Agreement that are qualified by materiality will be true and correct in all respects and each of the representations and warranties of Seller and/or Parent that are not so qualified will be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, as if such representations or warranties were made on and as of the Agreement Date and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of a specific date or as of the Agreement Date, in which case such representations and warranties will be so true and correct or so true and correct in all material respects, as the case may be, as of such specific date or as of the Agreement Date, respectively);

 

  47  

 

 

(b)          Seller and Parent will have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants and agreements required to be performed by them at or prior to the Closing by this Agreement;

 

(c)          since the Agreement Date, there has been no change, event or condition of any character (whether or not covered by insurance) that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)          receipt of the Title Commitment and evidence reasonably satisfactory to Buyer that the issuer thereof is unconditionally prepared to issue a policy of title insurance as set forth in the Title Commitment;

 

(e)          Buyer will have received all of the certificates, Required Consents (or, to the extent that any Required Consent identified in Schedule 3.2(f) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules (other than the Consent identified as item 1 therein) shall not have been obtained on or prior to the Closing, Seller shall retain and continue to hold the Contract to which such Required Consent related and ensure that Buyer receives the full benefits of the provisions of such Contract for the duration of its term in accordance with Section 1.5) , approvals and other documents specified in Section 3.2 ; and

 

(f)          EBITDA for the twelve 12 calendar month period ending April 30, 2018 shall have been at least $1,716,000 as reflected in Seller’s internal unaudited financial statements.

 

9.3          Conditions to Seller’s and Parent’s Obligation . The obligation of Seller and Parent to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (in the sole discretion of Seller and Parent) of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)          each of the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement that are qualified by materiality will be true and correct in all respects and each of the representations and warranties of Buyer that are not so qualified will be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, as if such representations or warranties were made on and as of the Agreement Date and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of a specific date or as of the Agreement Date, in which case such representations and warranties will be so true and correct or so true and correct in all material respects, as the case may be, as of such specific date or as of the Agreement Date, respectively);

 

(b)          Buyer will have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants and agreements required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing by this Agreement; and

 

(c)          Seller and Parent will have received from Buyer all of the certificates and other documents specified in Section 3.3 .

 

  48  

 

 

Article 10

SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

10.1        Survival . All representations, warranties, covenants, and other agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing as follows:

 

(a)          all covenants and other agreements will survive the Closing indefinitely (unless such covenant expires earlier by its terms);

 

(b)          all Standard Representations shall survive the Closing for period ending on the date eighteen (18) months following the Closing (the “ General Survival Period ”);

 

(c)          the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.20 (Environmental Matters) shall survive the Closing for a period ending on the date three (3) years following the Closing; and

 

(d)          all Fundamental Representations and the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.12 (Tax Matters) shall survive the Closing for a period ending on the date six (6) years following the Closing;

 

provided that in the case of clauses (a) through (d) above, if a written Notice of Claim giving rise to a right or potential right of indemnity for breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement shall have been properly given in accordance with Section 12.6 to the party against whom such indemnity may be sought with reasonable specificity prior to the applicable survival date relating to such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement, then such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement will survive solely with respect to the specific claim described in such Notice of Claim (and not in any other respect until such claim is resolved).

 

10.2        Indemnification by Seller and Parent .

 

(a)          Seller and Parent shall, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless from and against, and pay on behalf of and reimburse as and when incurred by Buyer and each of its Affiliates and the and the respective Affiliates, Subsidiaries, employees, agents, representatives, successors and assigns directors, officers and employees of the foregoing Persons (collectively, the “ Buyer Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, any Buyer Indemnitees resulting from, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to:

 

(i)          any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty by Parent or Seller contained in this Agreement (or in any other Ancillary Documents) as if made on and as of the Closing Date;

 

(ii)         any breach of any covenant or other agreement by Seller or Parent contained in this Agreement or in any other Ancillary Documents;

 

(iii)        any Retained Liabilities;

 

(iv)        a Seller Waived Proceeding;

 

  49  

 

 

(v)         except for Assumed Liabilities, any and all Liabilities related to the Purchased Assets or the operation of the Business arising on or prior to the Closing Date and related to Seller’s operation of the Business; and

 

(b)          Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 10.2 , the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, any Seller Disclosure Schedule, any Exhibit, or any other Ancillary Document shall be deemed to have been made without any qualifications as to materiality and, accordingly, all references herein and therein to “material,” “in all material respects”, “Material Adverse Effect” and similar qualifications as to materiality shall be deemed to be deleted therefrom (except for Section 4.6(i) , the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances” and where any such provision requires disclosure of lists of items of a material nature or above a specified threshold).

 

(c)          Seller and Parent shall not be liable for any Loss or Losses pursuant to Section 10.2(a)(i) (“ Buyer Warranty Losses ”) unless and until the aggregate amount of all Buyer Warranty Losses incurred by Buyer Indemnitees exceeds $100,000, whereupon all amounts shall be recoverable, including the first $100,000 of such Losses, subject to the aggregate liability limitations set forth below. Seller and Parent’s aggregate liability for Buyer Warranty Losses shall be limited to:

 

(i)          ten percent (10%) of the Purchase Price, as established pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.4 and without reference to Section 10.10 (the “ Adjusted Purchase Price ”), for any inaccuracies in or breaches of any representations or warranties of Parent or Seller that are not Fundamental Representations or set forth in Section 4.12 (Tax Matters) or Section 4.20 (Environmental Matters), and are not any claims for any inaccuracy in or breach of any representations or warranties of Seller or Parent based on fraud or intentional misrepresentation on the part of Seller or Parent; and

 

(ii)         one hundred percent (100%) of the Adjusted Purchase Price for any inaccuracies in or breaches of any representations or warranties of Parent or Seller that are Fundamental Representations or set forth in Section 4.12 (Tax Matters) or Section 4.20 (Environmental Matters), or for any claims for any inaccuracies in or breaches of any representations or warranties of Parent or Seller based on fraud or intentional misrepresentation on the part of Seller or Parent.

 

(d)          Seller and Parent shall have no Liability pursuant to Section 10.2(a) for any Losses to the extent a reserve with respect to such Losses is included in or taken into account in the calculation or determination of Working Capital.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Seller’s and Parent’s obligations under Section 10.2(a)(i) in respect of any inaccuracy in or breach of any representations or warranties of Parent or Seller set forth in Section 4.20 (Environmental Matters) related to a Remedial Action shall not exceed an amount that would be considered commercially reasonable under accepted industry standards (or as otherwise required by the relevant Authority).

 

  50  

 

 

10.3        Indemnification by Buyer .

 

(a)          If the Closing shall occur, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article 10 , Buyer shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless from and against, and pay on behalf of and reimburse as and when incurred by Buyer and each of its Affiliates and the and the respective Affiliates, Subsidiaries, employees, agents, representatives, successors and assigns directors, officers and employees of the foregoing Persons (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, any Seller Indemnitees resulting from, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to:

 

(i)          any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty by Buyer contained in this Agreement (or in any other Ancillary Documents) as if made on and as of the Closing Date;

 

(ii)         any breach of any covenant or other agreement by Buyer contained in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Document;

 

(iii)        except for the Retained Liabilities, any and all Liabilities related to Buyer’s operation of the Business on and after the Closing Date; and

 

(iv)        any Assumed Liability.

 

10.4        Time and Other Limitations .

 

(a)          Seller and Parent shall have liability under Section 10.2(a)(i) with respect to any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of Parent or Seller only if Buyer Indemnitee notifies Seller and Parent of such claim (specifying the factual basis of the claim in reasonable detail) on or before the expiration date of the applicable survival period set forth in Section 10.1 that relates to the alleged breached representation or warranty in question.

 

(b)          Buyer shall have liability under Section 10.3(a)(i) with respect to a breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer only if the Seller Indemnitee notifies Buyer of a claim (specifying the factual basis of the claim in reasonable detail) on or before the expiration date of the applicable survival period set forth in Section 10.1 that relates to the alleged breached representation or warranty in question.

 

(c)          The amount of any Loss subject to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall, before giving effect to the other limitations on indemnification set forth in this Article 10, be calculated net of any insurance proceeds or other amounts under indemnification, contribution or similar agreements actually received by the Indemnitee on account of such Loss. The existence of a claim by an Indemnitor for monies from an insurer or other party shall not, however, delay any payment pursuant to the indemnification provisions contained herein and otherwise determined to be due and owing by an Indemnitor. Rather, the Indemnitor shall make timely payment of the full amount of Losses determined to be due and owing by it, and if the Indemnitee later actually recovers insurance or other proceeds in respect of such Losses, then it shall promptly reimburse the Indemnitor to the extent necessary to avoid double recovery of the same Losses.

 

  51  

 

 

10.5        Indemnification Procedures for Third-Party Claims .

 

(a)          In the event that an Indemnitee receives notice of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any Proceeding by a Third Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought under the provisions of this Article 10 (a “ Third-Party Claim ”), the Indemnitee shall promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days following such Indemnitee’s receipt of such notice, notify the Indemnitor in writing (“ Notice of Claim ”) of such Third-Party Claim. Failure or delay in notifying the Indemnitor will not relieve the Indemnitor of any liability it may have to the Indemnitee, except and only to the extent that such failure or delay causes actual harm to the Indemnitor with respect to such Third-Party Claim.

 

(b)          Subject to the further provisions of this Section 10.5 , the Indemnitor shall be entitled to assume and control the defense, investigation, management and settlement of any such Third-Party Claim and any litigation resulting therefrom with counsel of its choice (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee) and at its sole cost and expense (a “ Third-Party Defense ”) if it gives notice of its intention to do so to the Indemnitor within ten (10) days from the date on which the Indemnitor received the Notice of Claim. Any Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Third-Party Defense and to participate therein (but not control), but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall not be at the expense of the Indemnitor unless (A) the Indemnitor shall have failed, within the time after having been notified by the Indemnitee of the existence of the Third-Party Claim as provided in the first sentence of this Section 10.5(b) , to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim, or (B) in the reasonable opinion of counsel (provided in writing to the Indemnitor) under applicable standards of professional conduct, a conflict on any significant issue exists between the Indemnitee and the Indemnitor in respect of the Third-Party Claim that would make such separate representation advisable.

 

(c)          Unless the Indemnitee otherwise agrees, the Indemnitor will not be entitled to assume or maintain the Third-Party Defense if:

 

(i)          the Third-Party Claim relates to any criminal Proceeding, indictment, allegation or investigation;

 

(ii)         the Third-Party Claim relates to or arises in connection with any Proceeding to modify or revoke any Permit or approval of any Gaming Authority related to the Business or the Purchased Assets;

 

(iii)        the Indemnitor has failed or is failing to vigorously prosecute or defend such Third-Party Claim; or

 

(iv)        the Indemnitor fails to provide reasonable assurance to the Indemnitee of its financial capacity to prosecute the Third-Party Defense and provide indemnification in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  52  

 

 

(d)          At the election of the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee and the Indemnitor shall have joint control over the Third-Party Defense if the Third-Party Claim seeks, in addition to or in lieu of monetary damages, any injunctive or other equitable relief (except where non-monetary relief is merely incidental to a primary claim or claims for monetary damages).

 

(e)          The Indemnitor will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement, except with the written consent of the Indemnitee (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided , that the consent of the Indemnitee shall not be required if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the terms of the judgment or proposed settlement include as an unconditional term thereof the giving to the Indemnitees by the Third Party of a release of the Indemnitees from all liability in respect of such Third-Party Claim, (ii) there is no finding or admission (A) of any violation of Law by the Indemnitees (or any Affiliate thereof), or (B) that has or would be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on any other pending Proceeding or claims of a similar nature against the Indemnitees (or any Affiliate thereof) relating to the same occurrence or series of events that gave rise to such Third-Party Claim(s), and (iii) the sole form of relief is monetary damages which are paid in full by the Indemnitor. The Indemnitor shall conduct the defense of the Third-Party Claim actively and diligently, and the Indemnitee will provide reasonable cooperation in the defense of the Third-Party Claim. So long as the Indemnitor is reasonably conducting the Third-Party Defense in good faith, the Indemnitee will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnitor (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnitee shall have the right to pay or settle any such Third-Party Claim; provided , that in such event it shall waive any right to indemnity therefor by the Indemnitor for such claim unless the Indemnitor shall have consented to such payment or settlement (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(f)          In the event that (i) an Indemnitee gives Notice of Claim to the Indemnitor and the Indemnitor fails or elects not to assume a Third-Party Defense which the Indemnitor had the right to assume under this Section 10.5 , or (ii) the Indemnitor is not entitled to assume or maintain the Third-Party Defense pursuant to Section 10.5(c) , the Indemnitee shall have the right, with counsel of its choice, to defend, conduct and control the Third-Party Defense by giving written notice of its intention to do so to the Indemnitor and the Indemnitor shall promptly reimburse the Indemnitee therefor in accordance with (and to the extent provided for in) Section 10.2 or 10.3 , as appropriate. In each such case, the Indemnitee shall conduct the Third-Party Defense actively and diligently, and the Indemnitor will provide reasonable cooperation in the Third-Party Defense. In each such case, the Indemnitee will keep the Indemnitor reasonably informed of the progress of the Third-Party Defense, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third-Party Claim on such terms as it may deem appropriate; provided , however , that the Indemnitor will have no indemnification obligations with respect to any settlement made or entry of any judgment consented to by the Indemnitee without the prior written consent of the Indemnitor (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If the Indemnitor does not elect to assume a Third-Party Defense which it has the right to assume hereunder, the Indemnitee shall have no obligation to do so.

 

  53  

 

 

(g)          Each party to this Agreement shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and to cause its employees to cooperate with and assist the Indemnitee or the Indemnitor, as the case may be, in connection with any Third-Party Defense, including attending conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals and furnishing records, information and testimony, as may reasonably be requested.

 

10.6        Indemnification Procedures for Non-Third-Party Claims . In the event of a claim by an Indemnitee on account of a Loss that does not involve a Third-Party Claim being asserted against the Indemnitee (a “ Direct Claim ”), the Indemnitee shall send a Notice of Claim of a Direct Claim to the Indemnitor reasonably promptly, but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after the Indemnitee becomes aware of such Direct Claim. The failure to give such prompt written notice shall not, however, relieve the Indemnitor of its indemnification obligations, except and only to the extent that the Indemnitor forfeits rights or defenses by reason of such failure. Such Notice of Claim by the Indemnitee shall describe the Direct Claim in reasonable detail, shall include copies of all written evidence thereof and shall indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably practicable, of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnitee. The Indemnitor shall have thirty (30) days after its receipt of such Notice of Claim to respond in writing to such Direct Claim. The Indemnitee shall allow the Indemnitor and its Representatives to investigate the matter or circumstance alleged to give rise to the Direct Claim, and whether and to what extent any amount is payable in respect of the Direct Claim and the Indemnitee shall assist the Indemnitor’s investigation by giving such information and assistance (including access to the Indemnitee’s premises and Representatives and the right to examine and copy any accounts, documents or records) as the Indemnitor or any of its Representatives may reasonably request. If the Indemnitor does not so respond within such thirty (30)-day period, the Indemnitor shall be deemed to have rejected such claim, in which case the Indemnitee shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to the Indemnitee on the terms and subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.7        Effect of Investigation . An Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, payment, reimbursement or other remedies based upon any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Indemnitor will not be affected by any investigation (including any environmental investigation or assessment) conducted, any knowledge acquired at any time (whether obtained prior to or after the Closing Date), or any waiver by the Indemnitee of any condition, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of, or compliance with, such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement. Such representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements shall not be affected or deemed waived by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee knew or should have known that any representation or warranty might be inaccurate or that the Indemnitor failed to comply with any agreement or covenant. The representations and warranties and indemnification rights associated therewith are meant to allocate risk among the parties, and, therefore, any investigation by such party shall be for its own protection only and shall not affect or impair any right or remedy hereunder.

 

  54  

 

 

10.8        Satisfaction of Seller’s and Parent’s Indemnification Obligations . Any amounts owed by Seller and Parent to the Buyer or any of the other Buyer Indemnitees from and after the Closing pursuant to Section 10.2 , shall be made (i) first from the Escrow Account, to the extent the Escrow Account has not been exhausted or released, and Seller, Parent and Buyer shall cause the Escrow Agent to pay to the applicable Buyer Indemnitee(s) an amount equal to an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (x) the amount of Losses to which such Buyer Indemnitee(s) is entitled to be indemnified and (y) the then remaining balance of the Escrow Account, and (ii) second, if the amount of Losses to which such Buyer Indemnitee(s) is entitled to be indemnified exceeds the amount satisfied in accordance with clause (i) above, directly by Seller and/or Parent.

 

10.9        Subrogation . In the event that an Indemnitor is obligated to indemnify an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article 10 , the Indemnitor will, upon payment of such indemnity, be subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee with respect to claims to which such indemnification relates.

 

10.10      Exclusive Remedy . Other than (a) for claims based on fraud, intentional misrepresentation or willful misconduct for which rescission of this Agreement is sought as the remedy, or (b) any rights of any Person to seek or obtain equitable remedies (including specific performance, injunctive and similar relief) pursuant to Section 7.2 or 12.10 , any claim or cause of action (whether such claim sounds in tort, contract or otherwise and including statutory rights and remedies) based upon, relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, or otherwise in respect of the status, operations, condition or ownership of the Business, the Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities on or prior to the Closing Date (including claims under Environmental and Safety Requirements and other Laws giving rights to compensation, contribution or indemnification against Seller Indemnitees and any claims alleging fraudulent misrepresentation) must be brought by the parties hereto in accordance with the provisions and applicable limitations of this Article 10 , which shall constitute the sole and exclusive remedy of the parties hereto, their Affiliates, successors and assigns, all other Buyer Indemnitees and Seller Indemnitees, and all Persons who may claim any rights through Buyer, Seller and/or Parent, for any such claim or cause of action.

 

10.11      Purchase Price Adjustment . Any indemnification amounts paid pursuant to this Article 10 , to the extent permitted by applicable Law, shall be treated for all Tax purposes as an adjustment to the Purchase Price.

 

Article 11

TERMINATION

 

11.1        Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated herein abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(a)          by mutual consent of Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller and Parent, on the other hand;

 

  55  

 

 

(b)          by Buyer, on the one hand, or Seller or Parent, on the other hand, if the Closing has not occurred by March 31, 2019 (the “ Outside Date ”);

 

(c)          by Buyer, on the one hand, or Seller and Parent, on the other hand, if an Authority issues a final nonappealable Order restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause shall not be available to any party(ies) whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or materially contributed to, such Order;

 

(d)          by Buyer if Seller or Parent has breached or failed to perform any of their representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein which (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 9.2(a) or 9.2(b) to be satisfied, and (ii) is not cured in all material respect within thirty (30) days after Buyer has notified Seller and Parent of its intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause; provided , that Buyer shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant this clause if Buyer is then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of Buyer set forth in this Agreement;

 

(e)          by Seller or Parent if Buyer has breached or failed to perform any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein, which (i) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 9.3(a) or 9.3(b) to be satisfied, and (ii) is not cured within thirty (30) days after Seller or Parent has notified Buyer of its intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause; provided , that Seller and Parent shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant this clause if either Seller or Parent is then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of Seller or Parent, as applicable, set forth in this Agreement; or

 

(f)          by Buyer if there has been an event, change, occurrence or circumstance since the Agreement Date that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11.2        Effect of Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1 , this Agreement shall immediately become null void and there shall be no further Liability on the part of Buyer or Seller or Parent, or their respective Representatives, other than the obligations contained in the second sentence of Section 6.3(b) , the obligations contained in Section 7.2 to the extent related to Buyer Information, this Section 11.2 , and Article 12 , which will survive any termination of this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 11.2 shall relieve or limit the Liability of any party for any breach of any covenant or agreement contained herein or for any fraudulent or willful breach of any representation or warranty contained herein.

 

  56  

 

 

Article 12

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

12.1        Interpretation and Usage .

 

(a)          Unless there is a clear contrary intention: (i) a reference made to an article, section, appendix, addendum, exhibit or schedule means a reference to an article, section, appendix, annex, addendum, exhibit or schedule of or to this Agreement; (ii) the singular includes the plural and vice versa; (iii) reference to any agreement, document or instrument means that agreement, document or instrument, including all appendices, annexes, addenda, exhibits, schedules thereto, as amended or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof; (iv) reference to any Law means that Law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and reference to any section or other provision of any Law means that section or provision from time to time in effect and constituting the substantive amendment, modification, codification, replacement or reenactment of that section or provision; (v) “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto,” and words of similar import will be deemed references to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular article, section or other provision of this Agreement; (vi) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term; (vii) “or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or”; (viii) “it” or “its” in reference to a Person will be deemed to include individual natural Persons; (ix)  references to a “party” or “parties” means Buyer, Seller or Parent, or all of them as the context requires; and (x) the terms “writing,” “written” and words of similar import will be deemed to include communications and documents in e-mail, fax or any other similar electronic or documentary form (except that notices given under this Agreement must comply with the requirements of Section 12.6 ).

 

(b)          The Seller Disclosure Schedules are divided into sections which correspond to the sections of this Agreement. The disclosure of an item in any schedule of the Seller Disclosure Schedules shall be deemed to qualify both (i) the representations and warranties, if any, contained in the section or subsection of this Agreement to which it corresponds in number to such schedule and (ii) any other representation and warranty of Seller or Parent in this Agreement to the extent that it is readily apparent on its face from a reading of such disclosure item that it would also qualify or apply to such other representation and warranty. Neither the specification (directly or indirectly by reference to a defined term in this Agreement) of any dollar amount in the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 , nor the inclusion of any items in any schedule of the Seller Disclosure Schedules shall be deemed to constitute an admission by the parties, or otherwise imply or create any presumption, that any such amount or such items so included are material for the purposes of this Agreement, or constitute an admission by the parties that such item meets any or all of the criteria set forth in this Agreement for inclusion in such schedule of the Seller Disclosure Schedules or any other schedule of the Seller Disclosure Schedules. The Seller Disclosure Schedules and the disclosures and information contained therein shall not be deemed to broaden in any way the scope or effect of any of the representations or warranties of Seller or Parent under this Agreement. The information provided in the Seller Disclosure Schedules is being provided solely for the purpose of making disclosures to Buyer under this Agreement. In disclosing this information, neither Seller nor Parent waive, and expressly reserve any and all rights under, any attorney-client privilege associated with such information or any protection afforded by the work-product doctrine with respect to any of the matters disclosed or discussed herein. Nothing disclosed in any schedule of the Seller Disclosure Schedules constitutes an admission of Liability of either Seller or Parent or is an admission against the interest of either Seller or Parent, in each case with respect to any Third Party.

 

  57  

 

 

(c)          All accounting terms used in this Agreement will be interpreted and all accounting determinations will be made in accordance with GAAP.

 

(d)          The table of contents and the headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of the parties only and will not constitute a part hereof.

 

(e)          The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event of an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

12.2        Amendment and Modification . Subject to applicable Law, this Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time with respect to any of the terms contained herein, except that all amendments and modifications must be set forth in a writing duly executed by Buyer, Seller and Parent.

 

12.3        Waiver of Compliance; Consents . Any failure of a party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be expressly waived in writing by the party entitled to compliance, but any waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with the obligation, covenant, agreement or condition will not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. No single or partial exercise of a right or remedy will preclude any other or further exercise thereof or of any other right or remedy hereunder. Whenever this Agreement requires or permits the Consent by or on behalf of a party, the Consent must be given in writing in the same manner as for waivers of compliance.

 

12.4        No Third-Party Beneficiaries . Except as provided in Article 10 , nothing in this Agreement will entitle any Person (other than a party hereto and its respective successors and assigns permitted hereby) to any claim, cause of action, remedy or right of any kind.

 

12.5        Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto will bear its own costs, fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including fees, commissions and expenses payable to brokers, finders, investment bankers, consultants, exchange or transfer agents, attorneys, accountants and other professionals, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated.

 

  58  

 

 

12.6        Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder must be made in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given and effective: (a) on the date of delivery, if delivered personally; (b) on the earlier of the fourth (4th) day after mailing or the date of the return receipt acknowledgment, if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; (c) on the date of transmission, if sent by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of successful delivery if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient; or (d) on the date of delivery if sent by a recognized overnight courier, in each case, to the party to whom it is given, at such party’s address, facsimile number or email address specified below.

 

If to Seller or Parent, to: Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.
  133 E. Warm Springs Road, Suite 102
  Las Vegas, Nevada 89119
  Attn: Michael Shaunnessy and E rnest East
  Fax: 702-685-1265
  Email: mshaunnessy@nevadagold.com;
  erniee7@gmail.com
   
with a copy to: Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP
  One Battery Park Plaza
  New York, New York 10004
  Attn:  James Modlin
  Fax:  212-299-6817
  Email:  james.modlin@hugheshubbard.com

 

or to such other person or address as Seller or Parent may furnish to the other parties in writing in accordance with this Section 12.6 . Seller hereby designates Parent as its agent for receipt of notices hereunder unless and until notice of a successor designee is given in accordance herewith.

 

If to Buyer, to:

Truckee Gaming, LLC

Attention: Thomas M. Benninger and Ferenc Szony

PO Box 160

Verdi, NV 89439

Email: tmb@glcllc.com

ferenc@truckeegaming.com

   
with a copy to:

David A. Garcia, Esq.

Holland & Hart LLP

5441 Kietzke Lane, Suite 200

Reno, NV 89511

Email: dgarcia@hollandhart.com

 

or to such other person or address as Buyer may furnish to the other parties in writing in accordance with this Section 12.6 .

 

  59  

 

 

12.7        Assignment . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned (whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise) by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties, except that Buyer may assign this Agreement, in whole or in any part and from time to time, to any Subsidiary or other Affiliate of Buyer that agrees (without limitation or release of Buyer’s Liabilities hereunder) to be bound by and responsible for Buyer’s Liabilities hereunder, provided Buyer remains bound by all of the terms and subject to all of the conditions of this Agreement. Any assignment or purported assignment in violation of this Section 12.7 will be void and of no force or effect.

 

12.8        Governing Law and Venue .

 

(a)          This Agreement and, except as otherwise expressly stated therein, the Ancillary Documents, and the legal relations among the parties hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to the laws of conflict that might otherwise apply) as to all matters, including matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

 

(b)          All actions, suits and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement and of the Ancillary Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, shall be heard and determined exclusively in the courts of the State of Nevada and the Federal courts of the United States of America located in the State of Nevada, and appropriate appellate courts therefrom, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such action suit or proceeding Each party hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any such action, suit or proceeding that it is not subject to such jurisdiction or that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in said courts or that this Agreement or any Ancillary Document may not be enforced in or by said courts or that its properties or assets are exempt or immune from execution, that such action, suit or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or that the venue of such action, suit or proceeding is improper. Service of process in any such action, suit or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the State of Nevada, as provided in Section 12.6 .

 

12.9        Counterparts . This Agreement and each of the Ancillary Documents may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement and each of the Ancillary Documents will become effective when one or more counterparts of this Agreement or such Ancillary Document, as applicable, have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties. This Agreement and the Ancillary Documents may be executed and delivered by facsimile or pdf transmission and a facsimile or pdf transmission will constitute an original for all purposes, except as may be otherwise required by law. At the request of any party, the parties will confirm a facsimile or pdf transmission by signing a duplicate original document.

 

  60  

 

 

12.10      Enforcement . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise are breached. Therefore, each party (a) hereby waives, in any action for specific performance, the defense of adequacy of a remedy at law and any requirement for the posting of any bond or other security in connection with any such remedy; and (b) agrees that the other parties will be entitled to specific performance of the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents in any Proceeding initiated to enforce the terms hereof, including the issuance of an Order or Orders to prevent or restrain any actual or threatened breach of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents, in each case without any requirement to post any bond or provide other security. The remedy of specific performance will be in addition to any other remedy or remedies to which the other parties may be entitled at law or in equity.

 

12.11      Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the appendices, addenda, annexes, exhibits and schedules hereto, including the Seller Disclosure Schedules, the Confidentiality Agreement, and the Ancillary Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, letters of intent and the understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, other than the Confidentiality Agreement. The Confidentiality Agreement will terminate at the Closing and cease to be of any further force or effect in accordance with its terms, but will survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11 . No discussions regarding, or exchange of drafts or comments in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein will constitute an agreement among the parties hereto or modify the terms of this Agreement. Any agreement among the parties will exist only when the parties have fully executed and delivered this Agreement or any amendments hereto adopted as provided herein.

 

12.12      Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Documents is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economics or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon determination that any term or other provision hereof is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement or such Ancillary Document, as applicable, so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the greatest extent possible.

 

12.13      Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS, OR THE MAKING, PERFORMANCE OR INTERPRETATION THEREOF, INCLUDING FRAUDULENT INDUCEMENT THEREOF.

 

  61  

 

 

12.14      Guaranty . Parent acknowledges that through its ownership of Seller, it will benefit from the sale by Seller of the Purchased Assets and that Buyer would not enter into this Agreement but for the guaranty granted by Parent pursuant to this Section 12.14 . Therefore, in consideration of Buyer entering into this Agreement and undertaking its obligations hereunder, including agreeing to pay to Seller the Purchase Price on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, which consideration is hereby acknowledged, Parent hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Buyer the full and timely performance by Seller of each of its obligations, covenants and undertakings under this Agreement and each Ancillary Document to which Seller is a party, including all of Seller’s obligations under Article 10 in accordance with the provisions of such Article and subject to any applicable limitations on Seller’s obligations set forth in such Article. Parent further agrees to pay to Buyer all damages, reasonable costs and expenses it may incur and be entitled to reimbursement or indemnification for hereunder as a result of the non-performance of Parent of its obligations under this Section 12.14 .

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows. ]

 

  62  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Asset Purchase Agreement to be duly executed as of the Agreement Date.

 

BUYER:   SELLER:
     
TRUCKEE GAMING, LLC   NEVADA GOLD & CASINOS LV, LLC
         
By:          By:       
         
Name:     Name:  
         
Title:     Title:  
         
      PARENT:
       
      NEVADA GOLD & CASINOS, INC.
         
      By:  
         
      Name:  
         
      Title:  

 

[Signature page to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

(Estimated Purchase Price)

 

Fourteen Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($14,600,000), plus or minus (as applicable) (i) the Acquired Cash Adjustment, and (ii) the Working Capital Adjustment (such amount, as adjusted the “ Purchase Price ”)

 

Base Price   $ 14,600,000.00  
         
Plus (Minus)        
Acquired Cash Adjustment:   $ __________  
Working Capital Adjustment:   $ __________  
         
Estimated Purchase Price:   $ __________  

 

[Exhibit A to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

(Escrow Agreement)

 

Attached.

 

[Exhibit B to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

(Bill of Sale and Assignment and Assumption Agreement)

 

Attached.

 

[Exhibit C to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

(Transition Services Agreement)

 

Attached.

 

[Exhibit D to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

(Deed)

 

Attached.

 

[Exhibit E to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F

 

(Example Acquired Cash Calculation)

 

        2018  
    CLUB FORTUNE   March  
10101   Cash - Slot/Cage Inventory     955,119  
10111   Cash - Table Inventory Clearing     56,101  
10121   Cash - Hopper Inventory Token     -  
10131   Cash - Token Contra     -  
10141   Cash - Chip Contra     (198,100 )
10199   Petty Cash     -  
10151   Cash - TITO Ticket Contra     -  
10161   Cash - Hotel Front Desk     -  
10162   Cash - Hotel F&B     -  
10102   Cash - VGM Cash In Machines     -  
10110   F&B Cash Inventory     -  
10103   Cash Inventory Over/Short     -  
10155   Cash - ATM     164,500  
10156   Cash - ATM II     40,000  
10104   Cash - Vault/Safe Inventory     -  
10112   Cash - Chips in Cage Inventory     125,489  
10157   Cash - PSJ     -  
10142   Chip Float     16,510  
10105   Cash - Poker Podium     -  
10158   Slot Drop     509,871  
10231   Petty Cash     -  
10232   WF-Operating     -  
10237   Reserve     -  
10238   WF-Payroll     -  
10243   Bank Account - Forty-three     -  
10244   Bank Account - Forty-four     -  
10245   Bank Account - Forty-five     -  
10246   Bank Account - Forty-six     -  
10247   MOOB-Reserve     -  
10248   Bank Account - MOOB Payroll     -  
10249   CFC Werstern Money CLRG     -  
10250   CFC Cash Advance CLRG     -  
10233   Progressive     -  
10234   PSJ     -  
    Restricted Cash     -  
10301   Marketable Securities     -  
10350   Escrow Account     -  
    Total Cash     1,684,446  
             
26010   Unredeemed Chip Liability     (16,510 )
    Total Transaction Cash     1,667,936  
    Minimum Cash Balance     1,600,000  
    Acquired Cash Adjustment     67,936  

 

[Exhibit F to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT G

 

(Example EBITDA Calculation)

 

            Consolidated  
(US$)   LTM March 2018  
               
    Calculation of EBITDA        
A       Net Income   $ 372,960  
                 
        Plus:        
B   96110   Interest Expense - Third Party   $ -  
C   89001   Depreciation     1,274,578  
D   89002   Amortization of Intangible Assets (1)     153,810  
E   97200   State Income Tax     -  
F   97300   Local Income Tax     -  
(A+B+C+D+E+F) = G       Subtotal   $ 1,801,347  
                 
H   95700   (Gain)/Loss on Sale of Assets   $ 8,133  
I   95500   Write Down/Impairment of Asset        
(H+I) = J       Total Extraordinary Expenses   $ 8,133  
                 
(G+J) = K       EBITDA   $ 1,809,481  

 

[Exhibit G to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT H

 

(Example Working Capital Calculation)

 

(US$)   March 31, 2018     Adjustments     Total     Notes
                           
Plus:                                
Accounts Receivable:                            
10401   AR - ATM   $ 110,245     $ (110,245 )   $ -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
10411   AR - Employees     (156 )     156       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
10431   AR - Trade     2,000       (2,000 )     -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
10441   AR - NSF, CMS Collections     464       (464 )     -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
10451   AR - Credit Cards     7,230       (7,230 )     -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
Total Accounts Receivable   $ 119,783     $ (119,783 )   $ -      
                                 
Inventory:                            
10701   Inventory - Gift Shop   $ 33,500             $ 33,500      
10711   Inventory - Uniforms     -             -      
10721   Inventory - Food     34,000               34,000      
10731   Inventory - Liquor     22,000               22,000      
Total Inventory   $ 89,500     $ -     $ 89,500      
                                 
Prepaid Expenses:                          
10801   Prepaid Expense   $ 90,987             $ 90,987      
10805   Prepaid Taxes and Insurance     256,896     $ (256,896 )     -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
10802   Prepaid Deposit     -             -      
10803   Prepaid Dues, Memberships, Sub     -             -      
10804   Prepaid Licenses & Fees     79,663       (72,559 )     7,104     All county, state, and gaming licensing fees removed
Total Prepaid Expenses   $ 427,546     $ (329,455 )   $ 98,091      
                             
Total Current Assets   $ 636,828     $ (449,238 )   $ 187,591      
                                 
Minus:                                
Accounts Payable:                            
20001   Accounts Payable - Trade   $ (108,983 )   $ 108,983     $ -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
20005   Accrued Registered Invoices     -             -      
20010   A/P - Manual Accrual     (9,318 )     9,318       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
20012   A/P - CC Accrual     (21,307 )     21,307       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
Total Accounts Payable   $ (139,608 )   $ 139,608     $ -      
                                 
Accrued Liabilities:                            
22001   Accrued Payroll   $ (145,044 )   $ 145,044     $ -     To be excluded if retained by Seller
22002   Accrued Bonus     -             -      
22003   Accrued Vacation     (30,901 )             (30,901 )    
22005   Accrued FICA Withheld     (13,305 )     13,305       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
22006   Accrued FICA Employer Share     -       -       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
22007   Accrued Fed Unemployment Tax     (693 )     693       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
22009   Accrued Unemployment Tax     (3,802 )     3,802       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
22010   Accrued - 401k Withholding     -       -       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
22016   Accrued - Health & Life Ins.     -       -       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
23001   Accrued State Sales Tax     (8,917 )     8,917       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
23002   Accrued Use Tax     (3,529 )     3,529       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
23003   W-2G Withholding     -       -       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
23007   Accrued Tax- Excise\MBT     (16,124 )     16,124       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
23501   Accrued Gaming Tax     (72,899 )     72,899       -     To be excluded if retained / cleared by Seller
Total Accrued Liabilities   $ (295,214 )   $ 264,313     $ (30,901 )    
                                 
Player Club & Progressive Liabilities:                            
25010   Accrued Progressive/PSJ Liability   $ (59,171 )           $ (59,171 )    
25510   Accrued Slot Club Points     (224,876 )             (224,876 )    
23100   Jackpot Liability     (5,198 )             (5,198 )    
Total Player Club & Progressive Liabilities   $ (284,047 )   $ -     $ (284,047 )    
                                 
Other Liabilities:                            
26010   Unredeemed Chip Liability     (16,510 )     16,510       -     To be excluded if included in Acquired Cash
Total Other Liabilities   $ (16,510 )   $ 16,510     $ -      
                             
Total Current Liabilities   $ (735,379 )   $ 420,431     $ (314,948 )    
                             
Working Capital Adjustment   $ (98,551 )   $ (28,807 )   $ (127,358 )    

 

[Exhibit H to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit 21

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF NEVADA GOLD & CASINOS, INC.

 

WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES STATE OF INCORPORATION
   
CGC Holdings, LLC Nevada
CGE Assets, Inc.  
(formerly, Colorado Grande Enterprises, Inc.) Colorado
Gold Mountain Development, LLC Colorado
Gold River, LLC Nevada
Nevada Gold BVR, L.L.C. Nevada
Nevada Gold Management Services, LLC Texas
NG Washington, LLC Washington
NG Washington II, LLC Washington
NG Washington II Holdings, LLC Delaware
NG Washington III, LLC Washington
NG Washington IV, LLC Washington
NG South Dakota, LLC South Dakota
A.G. Trucano, Son & Grandsons, Inc. South Dakota
Nevada Gold Speedway, LLC Nevada
Nevada Gold & Casinos LV, LLC Nevada
   
PARTIALLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES  
   
Texas City Limits, LLC Texas

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-158576) and in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-169892) pertaining to the 2009 Stock Option Plan and the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, respectively, of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. of our report dated July 26, 2018, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended April 30, 2018.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  
Las Vegas, Nevada  
July 26, 2018  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13A-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT

 

I, Michael P. Shaunnessy, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: July 26, 2018

 

/s/ Michael P. Shaunnessy  
Michael P. Shaunnessy  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13A-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT

 

I, James Meier, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc.;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: July 26, 2018

 

/s/ James Meier  
James Meier  
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.1 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael P. Shaunnessy, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C.78m or 78o(d)), as amended; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

By: /s/ Michael P. Shaunnessy  
Michael P. Shaunnessy, President and Chief Executive Officer  
July 26, 2018  

  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Nevada Gold & Casinos, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James Meier, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C.78m or 78o(d)), as amended; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

By: /s/ James Meier  
James Meier, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
July 26, 2018